Table Of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

2015

Commission file number: 000-50644

Cutera, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


Delaware

77-0492262

(State or other jurisdiction of

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

3240 Bayshore Blvd.

Brisbane, California 94005

(415) 657-5500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ¨  No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes ¨  No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period than the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes xYes☒  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o   No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See the definition of “large accelerated filer”,filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (check one):

Large accelerated

filer  ¨

Accelerated

filer  x

☒  

Non-accelerated filer (Do not check if a smaller

reporting company)  ¨

Smaller reporting

company  ¨

 

Table Of Contents

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes ¨  No x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock, held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 20122015 (which is the last business day of registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter) based upon the closing price of such stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 29, 2012,30, 2015, was approximately $86$116 million. For purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by entities and individuals who own 5% or more of the outstanding common stock and shares of common stock held by each officer and director have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be “affiliates” as that term is defined under the Rules and Regulations of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive.

The number of shares of Registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding as of February 28, 201329, 2016 was 14,557,155.

12,992,503.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 20132016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.



 

Table Of Contents
 

TABTABLELE OF CONTENTS

Page

PART I

Item 1.

3

Item 1A.

17

Item 1B.

29

Item 2.

29

Item 3.

29

Item 4.

29

PART II

Item 5.

30

29

Item 6.

31

32

Item 7.

32

33

Item 7A.

43

45

Item 8.

44

46

Item 9.

74

75

Item 9A.

74

75

Item 9B.

75

76

PART III

Item 10.

75

76

Item 11.

75

77

Item 12.

75

77

Item 13.

75

77

Item 14.

75

77

PART IV

Item 15.

76

78

 
PART I

ITEM 1.

BUSINESSBUSINESS

We are a global medical device company founded as a Delaware corporation in 1998, headquartered in Brisbane, California, specializing in the design, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of laser and other energy based aesthetics systems for practitioners worldwide.We offer easy-to-use products based on eight platforms—CoolGlide®the following key product platforms:enlightenTM, Xeo®excel HRTM, Solera®truSculptTM, GenesisPlusexcel VTM, ExcelVTM, myQTM, VariLiteTM, and truSculptTMxeo®— each of which enableenables physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe and effective aesthetic procedures for their customers. Each of our laser and other energy-based platforms consists of one or more hand pieces and a console that incorporates a universal graphical user interface, a laser or other energy-based module, control system software and high voltage electronics. However, depending on the application, the laser or other energy-based module is sometimes contained in the hand piece itself.

Our trademarks include: "Cutera,"“CoolGlide,”“enlighten,” “excel HR,” “excel V,”GenesisPlus,”“solera,” “titan,” “truSculpt,” andxeo.” Our logo and our other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this document are our property. Other trade names, trademarks and service marks appearing in this annual report on Form 10-K are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, our trademarks and trade names referred to in this annual report on Form 10-K appear without the ™ or®symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names.

A description of each of our hand pieces, and the aesthetic conditions they are designed to treat, is contained in the section below entitled “Products” and a summary of the features of our primary products is as follows:

 ·

CoolGlide-enlighten- In March 2003,December 2014, we introduced our first product enlightenplatform, CoolGlide, was launched. This platform offersa dual wavelength (1064 nm + 532 nm) and dual pulse duration (750 picosecond, or “ps,” and 2 nanosecond, or “ns”) laser applicationssystem for hairtattoo removal and the treatment of benign pigmented lesions. In June 2015 we added a rangelow-energy 532 nm enhancement to this platform, which significantly extended the treatment settings, enabling more effective treatment of vascular lesions, including leg and facial veins, and Laser Genesis—a skin rejuvenation procedure that reduces fine lines, reduces pore size and improves skin texture.benign pigmented lesions.

 ·

Xeo-excel HR- In 2003,June 2014, we introduced the Xeo platform, which can combine pulsed light and laser applications in a single system. The Xeo is a fully upgradeable platform on which a customer can use the following applications that we offer: remove unwanted hair, treat vascular lesions and rejuvenate the skin by treating discoloration, improving texture, reducing pore size and treating fine lines and laxity. This product platform represents the largest contributor to our Product revenue.

·
Solera- In 2004, we introduced the Solera excel HRplatform, a compact tabletop system designed to support a single technology platform. Solera systems use either infrared (Solera Titan) or pulsed light (Solera Opus) and can be used to remove unwantedpremium hair treat vascular lesions and rejuvenate the skin. The Solera Opus can support one or more pulsed light applications in a single system.
·
GenesisPlus- In 2010, we introduced the GenesisPlus platform, which is a dedicated laser based systemremoval solution for performingall skin rejuvenation procedures and for onychomycosis, or toenail fungus. This system has a hand piece that includes real time temperature monitoring of the treatment area, as well as a non-contact distance gauge using two aiming beams, for improving the clinical result of treatment.  In addition, this system can be used to treat patients with skin concerns such as fine wrinkles, diffuse redness, rosacea, skin texture and pore size.
·
Excel V- In February 2011, we introduced our ExcelV platform, a high-performance, vascular platform designed specifically for the core-market of Dermatologists and Plastic Surgeons. This platform provides a combination of the 532 nm green laser withtypes, combining Cutera’s award winningproven long-pulse 1064 nm Nd:YAG technology, to providelaser and a single, compact and efficient system that treats the entire range of cosmetic vascular conditions, without the need for costly consumables.high-power 755 nm Alexandrite laser with sapphire contact cooling.

 ·

myQ- In October 2011, we announced a distribution agreement with Quanta System SpA ─ an Italian Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of laser technologies ─ to market and sell the myQ series of Q-switched lasers in Japan. Q-switched lasers are designed to be used in a wide range of popular aesthetic applications, including superficial and deep pigmented lesions (i.e., melasma), skin rejuvenation, laser skin toning and tattoo removal.

·
VariLite- In February 2012 we acquired certain assets of IRIDEX Corporation’s (“Iridex”) global aesthetic business and added the VariLite product to our current product offering. This is a dual wavelength ─ 532 nm and 940 nm ─ laser system for vascular, benign pigmented and cutaneous lesions. This system supports treatment of all Fitzpatrick skin types from I to VI and is an economical system with no disposables.
·
truSculpt- In August 2012, we commenced shipments of ourtruSculpt platform with a 25cm2 hand piece.truSculpt is a high-powered radio frequency (“RF”) platform designed for the non-invasive body contouring market.deep tissue heating. This system is designed to treat all body areas and with its unique electrode design is able to achieve comfortable, uniform heating of the subcutaneous fat.tissue. In the fourth quarter of 2012, we commenced shipping a larger 40cm2 hand piece that enables faster treatments of larger areas. In the third quarter of 2013, we commenced shipping a smaller 16 cm2hand piece.


excel V- In February 2011, we introduced ourexcel V platform, a high-performance, vascular and benign pigmented lesion treatment platform designed specifically for the core-market of Dermatologists and Plastic Surgeons. This platform provides a combination of the 532 nanometer, or “nm” green laser with Cutera’s® award-winning 1064 nm Nd:YAG technology, to provide a single, compact and efficient system that treats the entire range of cosmetic vascular and benign pigmented lesion conditions, without the need for costly consumables.

xeo- In 2003, we introduced thexeo platform, which can combine pulsed light and laser applications in a single system. Thexeo is a multi-application platform on which a customer can purchase hand piece applications for the removal of unwanted hair, treatment of vascular lesions, and skin revitalization by treating discoloration, and treating fine lines and laxity.

Each of

Other than the above mentioned five primary systems, we continue to generate revenue from our laser and other energy based platforms consists of one or more hand pieceslegacy products such asGenesisPlusTM,CoolGlide®,solera®, and a console that incorporates a universal graphic user interface, a laser or other energy based module, controlthird-party sourced system software and high voltage electronics. However, depending oncalledmyQTM for the application, the laser or other energy based module is sometimes instead contained in the hand piece. A description of each of our hand pieces, and the aesthetic conditions they are designed to treat, are contained in the section entitled “Products,” below.Japanese market.


We offer our customers the ability to select the systems and applications that best fit their practice and to subsequently upgrade their systems to add new applications. This upgrade path allows our customers to cost-effectively build their aesthetic practices and provides us with a source of recurringincremental revenue.


In addition to systems and upgrades, we generate revenue from the sale of post warranty services, Titan and truSculpt hand piece refills, and Dermal filler and cosmeceuticals.

3

skincare products (Japanese market only).

Table of Contents


The Structure of Skin and Conditions that Affect Appearance

The skin is the body’s largest organ and is comprised of two layers called the epidermis and dermis. The epidermis is the outer layer, and serves as a protective barrier for the body. It contains cells that determine pigmentation, or skin color. The underlying layer of skin, the dermis, contains hair follicles and large and small blood vessels that are found at various depths below the epidermis. Collagen, also found within the dermis, provides strength and flexibility to the skin.

Many factors, such asincluding advancing age, smoking, and sun damage, can result in aesthetically unpleasant changes in the appearance of the skin. These changes can include:

 ·

Undesirable hair growth;

 ·

Enlargement or swelling of blood vessels due to circulatory changes that become visible at the skin’s surface in the form of unsightly veins;

 ·

Deterioration of collagen, which weakens the skin, leading to uneven texture, increased pore size, wrinkles and skin laxity; and

 ·

Uneven pigmentation or sun spots due to long-term sun exposure.


People with

In addition to these skin conditions, people seek removal of unwanted hair, tattoos oras well as removal of fat in undesirablecertain body areas of the body, or any of the above-mentioned skin conditions often seek aesthetic treatmentsin order to improve their appearance.


appearance and confidence.

The Market for Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures


The market for non-surgical aesthetic procedures has grown significantly over the past several years. TheMedical Insight, an independent industry research and analysis firm, estimated that in 2015 total sales of products in the global aesthetic market exceeded $7 billion and indicates that total sales should increase 11.8% annually through 2019. For North America, the American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that in 20112014 there were over 12.2513.9 million minimally-invasive aesthetic procedures performed, a 6%4% increase over 20102013 and a 123%154% increase over 2000.

We believe there are several factors contributing to the global growth of these aesthetic treatment procedures and aesthetic laser equipment sales, including:

 ·

Improved Economic Environment andExpandedPhysicianBase- The improvements in overall global economic conditions since the last recession has created increased demand for aesthetic procedures, which in turn has resulted in an expanding physician base to satisfy the demand.

AgingDemographicsofIndustrialized Countries- The aging population of industrialized countries, the U.S. Population- Theamount of discretionary income available to the “baby boomer” demographic segment ─ ages 4851 to 6669 in 20122015represented approximately 75 million people, or nearly 25%, of the U.S. population in 2012. The size and wealth of this aging segment, and itstheir desire to retain a youthful appearance, has contributed toincreased the growthdemand for aesthetic procedures. In 2015, there were approximately 75 million people in the baby boomer category, which is nearly 25%, of the U.S. population.

 ·

Broader Range of Safe and Effective Treatments- Technical developments, as well as advances in treatable conditions with new product introductions, have led to safe, effective, easy-to-use and low-cost treatments with fewer side effects, resulting in broader adoption of aesthetic procedures by practitioners. In addition, technical developments have enabled practitioners to offer a broader range of treatments. These technical developments have reduced the required treatment and recovery times, which in turn have led to greater patient demand.

 ·

Broader Base of Customers- Managed care and government payer reimbursement restrictions in the United States, and similar payment related constraints outside the United States, may help motivate qualified practitioners from differing specialtieson physicians, has motivated them to establish or seek to expand their elective aesthetic practices with procedures that are paid for directly by patients. As a result, in addition to the core users such as dermatologists and plastic surgeons, many other non-core practitioners, such as gynecologists, family practitioners, primary care physicians, physicians offering aesthetic treatments in non-medical offices, and other qualified practitioners have expanded their practices and are offering aesthetic procedures.

 ·

Reductions in Cost per Procedure:Due in part to increased competition in the aesthetic market, the cost per procedure has been reduced in the past few years. This has attracted a broader base of clients and patients for aesthetic procedures.

Wide acceptanceAcceptance of aesthetic proceduresAesthetic Procedures and increased focusIncreased Focus on body imageBody Image and appearanceAppearance-. According to thean ASAPS survey in 2010, 51% of Americans (including 53% of women and 49% of men) approved of cosmetic surgery, and 67% of Americans responded that they would not be embarrassed if their friends or family knew they had undergone a cosmetic procedure. Broader social acceptance of aesthetic treatments, and reducing average cost of treatments resulting from competition, has also driven the growth in aesthetic procedures.


Non-Surgical Aesthetic Procedures for Improving the Skin’s Appearance and Their Limitations


Many alternative therapies are available for improving a person’s appearance by treating specific structures within the skin. These procedures utilize injections or abrasive agents to reach different depths of the dermis and the epidermis. In addition, non-invasive and minimally-invasive treatments have been developed that employ laser and other energy basedenergy-based technologies to achieve similar therapeutic results. Some of these more common therapies and their limitations are described below.


Hair Removal- Techniques for hair removal include waxing, depilatories, tweezing, shaving, electrolysis and laser and other energy basedenergy-based hair removal. The only techniques that provide a long-lasting solution are electrolysis and other energy basedenergy-based hair removal. Electrolysis is usually painful, time-consuming and expensive for large areas, but is the most common method for removing light-colored hair. During electrolysis, an electrologist inserts a needle directly into a hair follicle and activates an electric current in the needle. Since electrolysis only treats one hair follicle at a time, the treatment of an area as small as an upper lip may require numerous visits and many hours of treatment. In addition, electrolysis can cause blemishes and infection related to needle use.

Leg and Facial Veins- The current Current aesthetic treatment methods for leg and facial veins include sclerotherapy and laser and other energy basedenergy-based treatments. With these treatments, patients seek to eliminate visible veins and improve overall skin appearance. Sclerotherapy requires a skilled practitioner to inject a saline or detergent-based solution into the target vein, which breaks down the vessel causing it to collapse and be absorbed into the body. The need to correctly position the needle on the inside of the vein makes it difficult to treat smaller veins, which limits the treatment of facial vessels and small leg veins. The American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that approximately 355,000321,000 sclerotherapy procedures were performed in 2011.2013.

4

TableTattoo removal- The only effective way to remove tattoos on the body is to utilize laser systems that deliver very short pulse durations with high peak power intensity in order to break up the ink particles that tattoos are comprised of. According to a Tattoo Incidence Study published in ORC International in June 2015, up to 27% of ContentsAmericans have one or more tattoos, and that 1 in 4 tattoo bearing American adults have “tattoo regret”. Despite the effectiveness of lasers for tattoo removal, common complaints concerning laser tattoo removal center upon a low rate of complete clearance (sometimes no better than 50% after several treatments) as well as the high number of treatments for satisfactory clearance (often 10 or more treatments spaced 4-8 weeks apart). The latest generation of picosecond pulse duration lasers, pulses in the trillionths of a second, meaningfully improve clearance as well as a reduction in total number of treatments.


Skin Rejuvenation- Skin rejuvenation treatments include a broad range of popular alternatives, including Botox and collagen injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasions, radiofrequencyradio frequency treatments and lasers and other energy-based treatments. With these treatments, patients hope to improve overall skin tone and texture, reduce pore size, tighten skin and remove other signs of aging, including mottled pigmentation, diffuse redness and wrinkles. All of these procedures are temporary solutions and must be repeated within several weeks or months to sustain their effect, thereby increasing the cost and inconvenience to patients. For example, the body absorbs Botox and collagen and patients require supplemental injections every three to six months to maintain the benefits of these treatments.


Some skin rejuvenation treatments, such as chemical peels and microdermabrasions,microdermabrasion, can have undesirable side effects. Chemical peels use acidic or caustic solutions to peel away the epidermis, and microdermabrasion generally utilizes sand crystals to resurface the skin. These techniques can lead to stinging, redness, irritation and scabbing. In addition, more serious complications, such as changes in skin color, can result from deeper chemical peels. Patients that undergo these deep chemical peels are also advised to avoid exposure to the sun for several months following the procedure. The American Society of Plastic Surgeons estimates that in 2011,2014, approximately 5.676.7 million injections of Botulinum Toxin and 1.892.3 million injections of collagen and other soft-tissue fillers were administered; and 1.111.25 million chemical peels and 900,000882,000 microdermabrasion procedures were performed.


In radiofrequencyradio frequency tissue tightening, energy is applied to heat the dermis of the skin with the goal of shrinking and tightening the collagen fibers. This approach may result in a more subtle and incremental change to the skin than a surgical facelift. Drawbacks to this approach may include surface irregularities that may however resolve over time, and the risk of burning the treatment area.


Laser and other energy basedenergy-based non-surgical treatments for hair removal, veins, skin rejuvenation and body contouring are discussed in the following section and in the section entitled “Our Applications and Procedures,”Procedures” below.


Laser and Other Energy-Based Aesthetic Treatments


Laser and other energy-based aesthetic treatments can achieve therapeutic results by affecting structures within the skin. The development of safe and effective aesthetic treatments has created a well-established market for these procedures.


Ablative skin resurfacing is a method of improving the appearance of the skin by removing the outer layers of the skin. Ablative skin resurfacing procedures are considered invasive or minimally invasive, depending on how much of the epidermis is removed during a treatment. Non-ablative skin resurfacing is a method of improving the appearance of the skin by treating the underlying structure of the skin without damaging the outer layers of the skin. Practitioners can use laser and other energy basedenergy-based technologies to selectively target hair follicles, veins or collagen in the dermis, as well as cells responsible for pigmentation in the epidermis, without damaging surrounding tissue. TheyPractitioners can also use these technologies to safely remove portions of the epidermis and deliver heat to the dermis as a means of generating new collagen growth.


Safe and effective laser and energy-based treatments require an appropriate combination of the following four parameters:


 ·

Energy Level- the amount of light or radio frequency emitted to heat a target;

 ·

Pulse Duration- the time interval over which the energy is delivered;

 ·

Spot Size or Electrode Size- the diameter of the energy beam, which affects treatment depth and area; and

 ·

Wavelength or Frequency- the position in the electromagnetic spectrum which impacts the absorption and therefore the effective depth of the energy delivered.

For example, in the case of hair removal, by utilizing the correct combination of these parameters, a practitioner can use a laser or other light source to selectively target melanin within the hair follicle to absorb the laser energy and destroy the follicle, without damaging other delicate structures in the surrounding tissue. Wavelength and spot size permit the practitioner to target melanin in the base of the hair follicle, which is found in the dermis. The combination of pulse duration and energy level may vary, depending upon the thickness of the targeted hair follicle. A shorter pulse length with a high energy level is optimal to destroy fine hair, whereas coarse hair is best treated with a longer pulse length with lower energy levels. If treatment parameters are improperly set, non-targeted structures within the skin may absorb the energy thereby eliminating or reducing the therapeutic effect. In addition, improper setting of the treatment parameters or failure to protect the surface of the skin may cause burns, which can result in blistering, scabbing and skin discoloration.


Technology and Design of Our Systems

Our unique CoolGlide, Xeo, Solera, xeo,GenesisPlus Excel,excel V myQ,,truSculpt, excel HR and truSculptenlighten platforms provide the long-lasting benefits of laser and other energy-based aesthetic treatments. Our technology allows for a combination of a wide variety of applications available in a single system. Key features of our solutions include:


 ·

Multiple Applications Available in a Single System- Our systems comprise of multi-applicationsplatforms feature multiple-applications that enable practitioners to perform multiplea variety of aesthetic procedures using a single device. These procedures include hair removal, vascular treatments and skin rejuvenation ─ including the treatment of discoloration, laxity, fine lines, pore size and uneven texture. Because practitioners can use our systems for multiple indications, the cost of a unit may be spread across a potentially greater number of patients and procedures and therefore may be more rapidly recovered.

 ·

Technology and Design Leadership- We offer innovative laser and other energy-based solutions for the aesthetic market. Our laser technology combines long wavelength, adjustable energy levels, variable spot sizes and a wide range of pulse durations, allowing practitioners to customize treatments for each patient and condition. Our proprietary pulsed light hand pieces for the treatment of discoloration, hair removal and vascular treatments optimize the wavelength used for treatments and incorporate a monitoring system to increase safety. OurTitan hand pieces utilize a novel light source that had not been previously used for aesthetic treatments. OurPearl andPearl Fractional hand pieces, with proprietary YSGG technology, represent the first application of the 2790 nm wavelength for minimally-invasive cosmetic dermatology. Further, our GenesisPlus platform for performing skin rejuvenation procedures and toenail fungus has a hand piece that includes real time temperature monitoring of the treatment area, as well as a non-contact distance gauge using two aiming beams, for improving the clinical result of the treatment. ExcelVexcel V is a stand-alone laser based productdevice that combines a new high power green laser with Cutera's award winning Nd:YAG technology, to provide a system that treats the entire range of cosmetic vascular conditions, without the need for costly consumables.truSculpt is a mono-polar radio frequency platform and has a unique electrode design that delivers high-powered energy at 1 MHz for the deep and uniform heating of the subcutaneous fat tissues at sustained therapeutic temperatures. This system includes real-time skin temperature sensing and a large 40cm2surface area for faster treatments over large areas of the body.

 ·

Upgradeable Platform- We have designed some of our products to allow our customers to cost-effectively upgrade to our multi-application systems (Solera(solera and Xeo)xeo), which provide our customers with the option to add additional applications to their existing systems and provides us with a source of recurringincremental revenue. We believe that product upgradeability allows our customers to take advantage of our latest product offerings and provide additional treatment options to their patients, thereby expanding the opportunities for their aesthetic practices.

 ·

Treatments for Broad Range of Skin Types and Conditions- Our products remove hair safely and effectively on patients of all skin types, including harder-to-treat patients with dark or tanned skin. In addition, the wide parameter range of our systems allows practitioners to effectively treat patients with both fine and coarse hair. Practitioners may use our products to treat spider and reticular veins (unsightly small veins in the leg) and small; facial veins; and perform skin rejuvenation procedures for discoloration, texture, pore size, fine lines, and laxitywrinkles on any type of skin; and treat toenail fungus.skin. The ability to customize treatment parameters enables practitioners to offer safe and effective therapies to a broad base of their patients.

 ·

Ease of Use-We design our products to be easy to use. Our proprietary hand pieces are lightweight and ergonomic, minimizing user fatigue, and allow for clear views of the treatment area, reducing the possibility of unintended damage and increasing the speed of application. Our control console contains a universal graphicgraphical user interface with three simple, independently adjustable controls from which to select a wide range of treatment parameters to suit each patient’s profile. The clinical navigation user interface on the Xeoxeo platform provides recommended clinical treatment parameter ranges based on patient criteria entered. And ourPearl andPearl Fractional hand pieces include a scanner with multiple scan patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. Risks involved in the use of our products include risks common to other laser and other energy basedenergy-based aesthetic procedures, including the risk of burns, blistering and skin discoloration.


Strategy


Our goal is to maintain and expand our position as a leading, worldwide, provider of energy-based aesthetic devices and complementary aesthetic products by executing the following strategies:


 ·

Continue to Expand our Product Offering- Though we believe that our current portfolio of products is comprehensive, our research and development group has a pipeline of potential products under development that we expect to commercialize in the future. We have launched three new platforms over the past three consecutive years with GenesisPlus in 2010, ExcelVexcel V in 2011,truSculpt in 2012, theProWave LX andtruSculpt 16 cm2 hand pieces in 2012.2013 andexcel HRandenlightenin 2014. Such products will allow us to leverage our existing customer call points and provide us with new customer call points to generate additional revenue, which will enhance the productivity of our distribution channels.

·

Increasing Revenue and Improving Productivity- We believe that the market for aesthetic systems will continue to offer growth opportunities in the future.opportunities. We continue to build brand recognition, add additional products to our international distribution channel, and remainare focused on enhancing our global distribution network, all of which we expect will increase our revenue.

 ·

Increasing Focus on Practitioners with Established Medical Offices- We believe there is growth opportunity in targeting our products to a broad customer base. However, in response to the 2009 to 2010 global recession, we shifted our focus to the core practitioners and physicians with established medical offices. We believe that our customercustomers’ success is largely dependent upon having an existing medical practice, in which our systems provide incremental revenue sources to augment their practice revenue. As such,The success of ourexcel V platform has resulted from strong adoption by core customers in 2011and 2012 we increased our focus on marketing our GenesisPlus product to podiatrists and our VariLite and ExcelV products to dermatologistsdermatology and plastic surgeons.and reconstructive surgery.

 ·

Leveraging our Installed Base- With the introduction of ExcelV excel V,truSculpt,and now truSculptexcel HRandenlighten, we are able to effectively offer additional platforms into our existing installed base. In addition, each of these platforms allows for potential future upgrades to offer additional indications or capabilities. We believe this program aligns our interest in generating revenue with our customers’ interest in improving the return on their investment by expanding the range of applications that can be performed in their practice.

 ·

Generating Revenue from Services and Refillable Hand Pieces-OurTitan truSculpt and pulsed-light hand pieces are refillable products, which provide us with a source of recurring revenue from our existing customers. We offer post-warranty services to our customers either through extended service contracts to cover preventive maintenance or through direct billing for parts and labor. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of recurring revenue.

Products

OurCoolGlide Xeo, Solera, ,xeo,solera,GenesisPlus Excel,excel V,truSculpt,myQ,excel HR and myQenlighten platforms allow for the delivery of multiple laser and energy-based aesthetic applications from a single system. With our Xeoxeo and Solerasolera platforms, practitioners can purchase customized systems with a variety of our multi-technology applications.


The following table lists our currently offered products and each checked box represents the applications that were included in the product in the years noted.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, we discontinued the manufacture and sale of theVariLiteproduct, but continue to provide services for this product to our existing installed base of customers.

Applications:      
Hair
Removal:
 

Hair

Removal:

Vascular
Lesions:
 Skin Rejuvenation 

Non

Invasive

Body

Contouring:

Contouring*:

 
System
Platforms:
Products:Year:
Energy
 Source:
      Dyschromia: 
Texture,
 Lines and
 Wrinkles:
 
Skin
 Laxity:
 
Melasma
&Tattoo
Removal:
   
CoolGlide

System

Platforms:

 

Products:

Year:

Energy

Source:

Dyschromia:

Texture,

Lines and

Wrinkles:

Skin

Laxity:

Melasma

&Tattoo

Removal:

CoolGlide

CV

 2000 a x             
Excel2001axx      

Excel

 Vantage

2001

 2002

a

 a

x

 x

x

   x
XeoNd:YAG2003axxx
OPS6002003bx
LP5602004bx
Titan S2004cx
ProWave 7702005bx             

Vantage

 AcuTip 500

2002

 2005

a

 b

x

x

   x 

x

          

xeo

Nd:YAG

 Titan V/XL

2003

 2006

a

 c

x

x

     

x

 x
LimeLight2006bx         

OPS600

 Pearl2007d

2003

  xx
Pearl Fractional2008dx
SoleraTitan S2004c

b

        

x

ProWave 7702005bx

             

LP560

 OPS 6002005b

2004

  x

b

        
LP5602005b

x

  x
AcuTip 5002005bx           

Titan S

 Titan V/XL2006c

2004

  x
LimeLight2006bx
GenesisPlus2010ax
Excel V2011exxx
myQ2011ex
VariLite2012fxx
truSculpt2012g

c

             

x

ProWave 770

2005

b

x

AcuTip 500

2005

b

x

Titan V/XL

2006

c

x

LimeLight

2006

b

x

Pearl

2007

d

x

x

Pearl Fractional

2008

d

x

ProWave LX

2013

b

x

solera

Titan S

2004

c

x

ProWave 770

2005

b

x

OPS 600

2005

b

x

LP560

2005

b

x

AcuTip 500

2005

b

x

Titan V/XL

2006

c

x

LimeLight

2006

b

x

GenesisPlus

2010

a

x

excel V

2011

e

x

x

x

myQ

2011

e

x

truSculpt

2012

g

x

excel HR

2014

h

x

enlighten

2014

e

x

 

*Our CE Mark allows us to market the truSculpt in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for fat reduction, body shaping and body contouring. In the U.S. we have 510(k) clearance for the purpose of elevating tissue temperature for the treatment of selected medical conditions such as relief of pain, muscle spasms, increase in local circulation, and the temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite.

Energy Source: a. 1064nm Nd:YAG laser; b. flashlamp; c. Infrared laser; d. 2790 nm YSGG laser; e. combined frequencyfrequency-doubled 532 nm and 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser; f. Combined frequencycombined frequency-doubled 532 nm and 940 nm diode laser; g. Radioradio frequency at 1 MHz


MHz; h. combined frequency 755 nm Alexandrite laser and 1064 nm Nd:YAG laser

Each of our products consists of a control console and one or more hand pieces, depending on the model.


Control Console


Our control console includes a universal graphicgraphical user interface, control system software and high voltage electronics. AllCoolGlide systems,GenesisPlus VariLite, ExcelV,excel V and some models of the Xeoxeo platform, include our laser module which consists of electronics, a visible aiming beam, a focusing lens, and an Nd:YAG and/or flashlamp laser that functions at wavelengths that permit penetration over a wide range of depths and is effective across all skin types. The interface allows the practitioner to set the appropriate laser or flashlamp parameters for each procedure through a user-friendly format. The control system software ensures that the operator’s instructions are properly communicated from the graphic user interface to the other components within the system. Our high voltage electronics produce over 10,000 watts of peak laser energy, which permits therapeutic effects at short pulse durations. Our Solerasolera console platform comes in two configurations—Opus and Titan—Titanboth of which include a universal graphicgraphical user interface, control system software and high voltage electronics. The Solerasolera Opus console is designed specifically to drive our flashlamp hand pieces while the Solerasolera Titan console is designed specifically to drive theTitan hand pieces. The control system software is designed to ensure that the operator’s instructions are properly communicated from the graphical user interface to the other components within the system and includes real-time calibration to control the output energy as the pulse is delivered during the treatment. OurtruSculpt control console includes a high-powered, mono-polar RF generator at 1MHz capable of delivering up to 300 watts of energy. The truSculpt system dynamically adjusts current, voltage and power during treatment as needed to reach and maintain the appropriate treatment levels.


Hand Pieces

1064 nm Nd:YAG Hand Piece-Our 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece delivers laser energy to the treatment area for hair removal, leg and facial vein treatment, and skin rejuvenation procedures to treat skin texture and fine lines, and reduce pore size.lines. The 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component, consisting of an optical fiber and lens, and a copper cooling plate with imbedded temperature monitoring. The hand piece weighs approximately 14 ounces, which is light enough to be held with one hand. The lightweight nature and ergonomic design of the hand piece allows the operation of the device without user fatigue. Its design allows the practitioner an unobstructed view of the treatment area, which reduces the possibility of unintended damage to the skin and can increase the speed of treatment. The 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece also incorporates our cooling system, providing integrated pre- and post coolingpost-cooling of the treatment area through a temperature-controlled copper plate to protect the outer layer of the skin. The hand piece is available in either a fixed 10 millimeter spot size for ourCoolGlide CV system, or a user-controlled variable 3, 5, 7 or 10 millimeter spot size for ourCoolGlide Excel andCoolGlide Vantage systems.


ExcelVexcel V Hand Piece- The ExcelVexcel V system introduced in February 2011 delivers 1064 nm and 532 nm laser energy to the skin for the treatment area forof vascular treatments.and benign pigmented lesion. The ExcelVexcel V system includessupports two hand pieces, both consisting of an energy-delivery component consisting ofhousing an optical fiber and lens. One hand piece includes a sapphire window cooling plate with temperature monitoring. This hand piece offer a spot size range from 1.5 to 12 mm in 0.1 mm increments, and is capable of delivering either the 1064 nm or 532 nm laser energy. The second hand piece does not have a cooling plate and includes a non-contact temperature sensor to monitor the treatment area temperature. In addition, this second hand piece includes twodual aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by maintaining the correct distance of the hand piece to the skin. Both hand pieces offer askin to ensure that the fixed 8 mm spot size range from 1.5 to 12 mm in 0.1 mm increments. Each hand piece is capable of delivering either the 1064 nm or 532 nm laser energy.maintained.


GenesisPlus Hand Piece- OurGenesisPlus system launched in 2010 delivers 1064 nm laser energy to the treatment area for toenail fungusthe temporary increase of clear nail in patients with onychomycosis and for skin rejuvenation procedures to treat skin texturethe treatment of fine wrinkles, diffuse redness and fine lines, and reduce pore size.rosacea. This lightweight 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component, consisting ofhousing an optical fiber and lens but is lighter since it does not include a copper cooling plate.lens. The hand piece does includeincludes a non-contact temperature sensor to monitor the treatment area temperature. In addition, the hand piece includes twodual, coaxial aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by maintaining the correct distance of the hand piece to the skin. This hand piece offers a single 5 mm spot size.


Pulsed Light Hand Piece- TheLP560,ProWave 770,ProWave LX,AcuTip 500, andLimeLight hand pieces are designed to produce a pulse of light over a wavelength spectrum to treat discoloration including pigmented lesions, such as age and sun spots and other dyschromia, hair removal, and superficial facial vessels. The hand pieces each consist of a custom flashlamp, proprietary wavelength filter, closed-loop power control and embedded temperature monitor, and weigh approximately 13 ounces. The filter in theAcuTip 500 eliminates long and short wavelengths, transmitting only the therapeutic range required for safe and effective treatment. The filter in theLP560,ProWave 770,ProWave LX, andLimeLight eliminates short wavelengths, allowing longer wavelengths to be transmitted to the treatment area. In addition, the wavelength spectrum of theProWave 770 and theLimeLight can be shifted based on the setting of the control console. Our power control includes a monitoring system to ensure that the desired energy level is delivered. The hand pieces protect the epidermis by regulating the temperature of the hand piece window through the embedded temperature monitor. These hand pieces are available on the Xeoxeo and Solerasolera platforms.

Titan Hand Piece-TheTitan hand pieces are designed to produce a sustained pulse of light over a wavelength spectrum tailored to provideinduce heating in the dermisdermis. We are aware that some practitioners use theTitanhand piece to treat skin laxity (although itthe hand piece is cleared in the United StatesU.S. by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, only for deep dermal heating). The hand piece consists of a custom light source, proprietary wavelength filter, closed-loop power control, sapphire cooling window and embedded temperature monitor, and weighs approximately three pounds. The temperature of the epidermis is controlled by using a sapphire window to provide cooling before, during and after the delivery of energy to the treatment site. We offer two different Titan hand pieces—Titan V andTitan XL.XL.

 ·

Titan V-

Titan V-Titan V has a treatment tip that extends beyond the hand piece housing to provide enhanced visibility of the skin’s surface to effectively treat delicate areas such as the skin around the eyes and nose.

 ·

Titan XL-

Titan XL-Titan XL, like theTitan V, has a treatment tip that extends beyond the housing for improved visibility. It also has a larger treatment spot size to treat larger body areas faster, such as the arms, abdomen and legs.

TheTitan hand pieces can be used on the Xeoxeo and Solerasolera platforms. TheTitan hand piece requires a periodic “refilling” process, which includes the replacement of the optical source, after a set number of pulses have been used. This provides us with a source of recurring revenue.

Pearl Hand Piece- ThePearl hand piece, introduced in 2007, is designed to treat fine lines, uneven texture and dyschromia through the application of proprietary YSGG laser technology. This hand piece can safely remove a small portion of the epidermis, while coagulating the remaining epidermis, leading to new collagen growth. ThePearl hand piece consists of a custom monolithic laser source, scanner and power monitoring electronics. The scanner includes multiple scan patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. The hand piece includes an attachment for a smoke evacuator, allowing the practitioner to use one hand during treatment.


Pearl Fractional Hand Piece- ThePearl Fractional hand piece, introduced in 2008, also uses proprietary YSGG technology and is designed to treat wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections (although it is cleared in the United StatesU.S. by the FDA only for skin resurfacing and coagulation). This hand piece penetrates the deep dermis producing a series of microcolumnsmicro-columns across the skin, which can result in the removal of damaged tissue and the production of new collagen. ThePearl Fractional hand piece consists of a custom monolithic laser source, scanner and power monitoring electronics. The scanner includes multiple scan patterns to allow simple and fast treatments of the face. The hand piece includes an attachment for a smoke evacuator, allowing the practitioner to use one hand during treatment.

VariLite Hand Piece- VariLite has an ergonomic hand piece that can be used with both the 532 nm and 940 nm wavelengths in performing treatments of vascular, benign pigmented and cutaneous skin lesions.

truSculpt Hand PiecePieces-ThetruSculpt product introduced in August 2012 is used for thenon-invasive heating of the subcutaneous fat tissue. It has a largeWe sold three differenttruSculpt hand pieces in 2013. The original 25cm2 hand piece (now discontinued), 40 cm2,for larger body parts and the 16cm2for smaller parts of the body. Each of thetruSculpt hand pieces is light weight proprietary hand piece design,andergonomically designed for operator comfort, which allows for the uniform heat distribution delivered by the hand piece.pieces. In addition, the hand piece haspieces have a built-in, real time, temperature sensing system to monitor the temperature during the treatment.

excel HR Hand Piece- The dual wavelengthexcelHR system introduced in June 2014 delivers 1064 nm and 755 nm laser energy to the treatment area for hair removal.excelHR’s single hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component housing an optical fiber and lens. The hand piece can be usedfeatures a sapphire window and peripheral cooling plate with temperature monitoring. The sapphire window allows for 30 watts of temperature regulation with user selectable settings ranging from 4 to 20 degrees centigrade and provides cooling of the skin before, during, and immediately after each laser pulse. This “pre, parallel, and post” cooling provides an anesthetic benefit that makes treatments more comfortable than systems without contact cooling, and also increases the safety profile of treatments by reducing the chances of burning skin. The hand piece has a wide spot-size range between 3 to 18 mm (5 to 18 mm, alexandrite mode).

enlighten Hand Piece- The dual wavelength and dual pulse modeenlighten system introduced in December 2014 delivers 532 nm and 1064 nm laser energy to treat multiple areasbenign pigmented lesions as well as the removal of the bodymulti-color tattoos.enlighten’s single hand piece consists of an energy-delivery component housing a motorized focus lens assembly connected to an articulated arm. The hand piece features spot size adjustability from 2 to 8mm, adjustable in 1 mm increments. As with all Cutera laser and is ergonomically designed for operator comfort. After a set number of treatments, the customer is required to sendlight-based systems, the hand piece back todoes not require manual power calibration through a separate calibration port. The power calibration is automatic and built into the factory for refurbishment, which we refer to as ‘refilling.’ The periodic refilling process provides us with a source of recurring revenue.laser system.


Upgrades


Our Solera excel V,xeoand Xeo soleraplatforms are multi-application products that are designed to allow our customers to cost-effectively upgrade to our newest technologies, which provide our customers the option to add applications to their system and provides us with a source of recurringadditional revenue, which we treat as Product revenue. When we introduce a new product, we notify our customers of the upgrade opportunity through a sales call or mailing. In most cases, a field service representative can install the upgrade at the customer site in a matter of hours, which results in very little downtime for practitioners. In some cases, where substantial upgrades are necessary, customers will receive fully-refurbished systems before sending their prior systems back to our headquarters. When customers wish to upgrade from the CoolGlide platform to either a Xeo or a Solera, we provide them with a trade-in value for their CoolGlide and upgrade them to the multi-application platform with the desired applications.


Service


We offer post-warranty services to our customers either through extended service contracts ─ that(that cover preventive maintenance and/or replacement parts and labor ─ as well aslabor), or by direct billing for detachable hand piece replacements, parts and labor. These post-warranty services serve as additional sources of recurring revenue from our installed base.

Titan and truSculpt Hand Piece Refills


Each We treat our customer’s purchase of replacementTitan and ortruSculpt hand piece is a refillable product,pieces as “refill” revenue, which provides us with a source of recurring revenue from our existing customers.


Fillers Following the launch oftruSculpt product in 2012, we charged customers for hand piece refills, however, beginning in the third quarter of 2013 we now includetruSculpt refills as part of our standard warranty and Cosmeceuticalsservice contract product offerings.

Skincare

We distribute ZO Skin Health, Inc.’s (“ZO”) physician-dispensed, topical skincare products and through the second quarter of 2014, we also distributed Merz’s Radiesse®Radiesse® dermal filler product and Obagi Medical Product, Inc.’s (“Obagi”) prescription-based, topical skin health systems (or Cosmeceuticals) to physicians in the Japanese market.


Our Applications and Procedures


Our products are designed to allow the practitioner to select an appropriate combination of energy level, spot size and pulse duration for each treatment. The ability to manipulate the combinations of these parameters allows our customers to treat the broadest range of conditions available with a single energy-based system.


Hair Removal-Our laser technology allows our customers to treat all skin types and hair thicknesses. Our 1064 nm Nd:YAG laserand 755 nm Alexandrite lasers permits energy to safely penetrate through the epidermis of any skin type and into the dermis where the hair follicle is located. Using the universal graphic user interface on our control console, the practitioner sets parameters to deliver therapeutic energy with a large spot size and variable pulse durations, allowing the practitioner to treat fine or coarse hair. Our 1064nm Nd:YAG and 755 nm Alexandrite hand piecepieces allows our customers to treat all skin types, while ourProWave 770 andProWave LX hand piece,pieces, with its pulsed light technology, treatstreat the majority of skin types quickly and effectively.
To remove

For hair using a 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece,removal treatments, the treatment site on the skin is first cleaned and shaved. The practitioner then applies a thin layer of gel to glideimprove contact and aid gliding of the hand piece across the skin, and next appliesskin. If using theCoolGlide 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece, the hand piece is applied directly to the skin to cool the area to be treated, and then deliversmoved and a laser pulse is delivered to the pre-cooled area. To remove hair using theexcel HR, excel V,ProWave 770 andProWave 770LX hand piece, mineral oil is used instead of gel, andpieces, cooling is provided by a sapphire window placed directly on the skin, allowing the pulse of light to be applied while the treatment area is being cooled. In the case of both hand pieces, delivery of the energylight which is converted to heat destroys the hair follicles and prevents hair re-growth. This procedure is then repeated at the next treatment site on the body, and can be done in a gliding motion to increase treatment speed. Patients receive on average three to six treatments. Each treatment can take between five minutes andto one hour depending on the size of the area and the condition being treated. On average, there are six to eight weeks between treatments.


Vascular Lesions-   Our laser technology allows our customers to treat the widest range of aesthetic vein conditions, including spider and reticular veins and small facial veins. OurCoolGlide and Xeoxeo 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece’s adjustable spot size of 3, 5, 7 or 10 millimeters, ormillimeters; the ExcelVexcelV 1064 nm and 532 nm hand piece with adjustable spot sizes from 1.5 to 12 mm; and theexcel HR 1064 nm and 755 nm hand pieces with adjustable spot sizes from 3 mm to 18 mm, allows the practitioner to control treatment depth to target different sized veins. Selection of the appropriate energy level and pulse duration ensures effective treatment of the intended target. OurAcuTip 500 hand piece, with its 6 millimeter spot size, uses pulsed-light technology and is designed for the treatment of facial vessels.


The vein treatment procedure when using the 1064nm Nd:YAG hand piece is performed in a substantially similar manner to the laser hair removal procedure. The laser hand piece is used to cool the treatment area both before and after the laser pulse has been applied. With the ExcelVexcelV andexcel HR hand piecepieces the cooling can be performed pre, during and post deliverypost-delivery of the laser pulse. With theAcuTip 500 hand piece, the pulse of light is delivered while the treatment area is being cooled with the sapphire tip. The delivered energy damages the vein and, over time, it is absorbed by the body. Patients receive on average between one and six treatments, with six weeks or longer between treatments.


Skin Rejuvenation- Our Nd:YAG laser and other energy based technologies allow our customers to perform non-invasive and minimally-invasive treatments that reduce redness, pore size, fine lines and laxity,wrinkles, improve skin texture, and treat other aesthetic conditions.

Tattoo Removal- Ourenlightendual wavelength, dual pulse duration system featuring picosecond technology and ourmyQ Q-switched laser can be used for tattoo removal, for the treatment of superficial and deepbenign pigmented lesions, (i.e., melasma), skin rejuvenations,and for laser skin toning and tattoo removal.toning.


Texture;Texture, Lines and Wrinkles- When using a 1064nm Nd:YAG laser to improve skin texture reduce pore size and treat fine lines, cooling is not applied and the hand piece is held directly above the skin. A large number of pulses are directed at the treatment site, repeatedly covering an area, such as the cheek. By delivering many pulses of laser light to a treatment area, a gentle heating of the dermis occurs and collagen growth is stimulated to rejuvenate the skin and reduce wrinkles. Patients typically receive four to six treatments for this procedure. The treatment typically takes less than a half hour and there are typically two to four weeks between treatments.


When treating texture and fine lines with aPearl hand piece, the hand piece is held at a controlled distance from the skin and the scanner delivers a preset pattern of spots to the treatment area. Cooling is not applied to the epidermis during the treatment. The energy delivered by the hand piece ablates a portion of the epidermis while leaving a coagulated portion that will gently peel off over the course of a few days. Heat is also delivered into the dermis which can result in the production of new collagen. Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in 15 to 30 minutes. Patients receive on average between one and three treatments at monthly intervals.

When treating wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections with aPearl Fractional hand piece, the hand piece is held at a controlled distance from the skin and the scanner delivers a preset pattern of spots to the treatment area. Cooling is not applied to the epidermis during the treatment. The energy delivered by the hand piece penetrates the deep dermis producing a series of microcolumnsmicro-columns across the skin, which can result in the removal of damaged tissue and the production of new collagen. Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in less than an hour. Patients receive on average between one and three treatments at monthly intervals.


Our CE Mark allows us to marketPearl Fractional in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the United StatesU.S. for the treatment of wrinkles and deep dermal imperfections. However, in the United StatesU.S. we have a 510(k) clearance only for only skin resurfacing and coagulation.


Toenail Fungus-In addition to performing skin rejuvenation, we have FDA, Health Canada andour CE Mark approvals for GenesisPlus that allows us to market itGenesisPlus in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the U.S. for the treatment of onychomycosis (“toenail fungus”). Tiny pulses of light from an Nd:YAG laser pass through the toenail to the fungus underneath, which is irradiated without any damage to the surrounding nail or skin. TheGenesisPlus has twodual aiming beams that facilitate consistent treatments by maintaining the correct distance of the hand piece to the skin. In addition, during the treatment an integrated sensor is used to actively monitor the temperature of the treatment area.


Dyschromia- Our pulsed-light technologies allow our customers to safely and effectively treat red and brown dyschromia, which is skin discoloration, benign pigmented lesions, and rosacea. The practitioner delivers a narrow spectrum of light to the surface of the skin through ourLP560 orLimeLight hand pieces. These hand pieces include one of our proprietary wavelength filters, which reduce the energy level required for therapeutic effect and minimize the risk of skin injury.

In treating benign pigmented lesions with a pulsed-light technology, the hand piece is placed directly on the skin and then the light pulse is triggered. The cells forming the pigmented lesion absorb the light energy, darken and then flake off over the course of two to three weeks. Several treatments may be required to completely remove the lesion. The treatment takes a few minutes per area treated and there are typically three to four weeks between treatments.


The 532 nm wavelength green laser option onof the ExcelV excelVand VariLiteenlighten systems, as well asthe 755 nm infrared wavelength of theexcel HR, can also be used to treat benign pigmented lesions in substantially the same way as described above with the pulsed light devices.


Practitioners can also treat dyschromia and other skin conditions with ourPearl hand piece. During these treatments, the heat delivered by thePearl hand piece will remove the outer layer of the epidermis while coagulating a portion of the epidermis. That coagulated portion will gently peel off over the course of a few days, revealing a new layer of skin underneath. Treatment of the full face can usually be performed in 15 to 30 minutes. Patients receive on average between one and three treatments at monthly intervals.


Skin Laxity- OurTitan technology allows our customers to use deep dermal heating to tighten lax skin. The practitioner delivers a spectrum of light to the skin through our Titan hand piece. This hand piece includes our proprietary light source and wavelength filter which tailors the delivered spectrum of light to provide heating at the desired depth in the skin.


In treating skin laxity, the hand piece is placed directly on the skin and then the light pulse is triggered. A sustained pulse causes significant heating in the dermis. This heating can cause immediate collagen contraction while also stimulating long-term collagen re-growth. Several treatments may be required to obtain the desired degree of tightening of the skin. The treatment of a full face can take over an hour and there are typically four weeks between treatments.


Our CE Mark allows us to market theTitan in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the United StatesU.S. for the treatment of wrinkles through skin tightening. However, in the United StatesU.S. we have a 510(k) clearance for only deep dermal heating.


Non-Invasive Body Contouring- ourtruSculpt technology allows physicians to apply a hand piece directly to the skin and deliver high-powered RF energy that results in the deep and uniform heating of the subcutaneous fat tissue at sustained therapeutic temperatures. This heating can cause selective destruction of fat cells, which are eliminated from the treatment area through the body’s natural wound healing processes. The treatment takes approximately 45 minutes and two or more treatments may be required to obtain the desired aesthetic results.


Our CE Mark allows us to market the truSculpt in the European Union, Australia and certain other countries outside the United StatesU.S. for fat reduction, body shaping and body contouring. In the United StatesU.S. we have 510(k) clearance for deep dermal heatingthe purpose of elevating tissue temperature for the temporarytreatment of selected medical conditions such as relief of minorpain, muscle and joint painspasms, increase in local circulation, and the temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite.

Sales and Marketing


In the United StatesU.S. we market and sell our products primarily through a direct sales organization. Generally, each direct sales employee is assigned a specific territory. As of December 31, 2012,2015, we had a U.S. direct sales force of 2934 employees. We internally manage our U.S. and Canadian sales organization as one North American sales region with 3340 territories as of December 31, 2012. In addition to direct sales employees, we have a distribution relationship with PSS World Medical that operates medical supply distribution service centers with over 700 sales representatives serving physician offices throughout the United States. Revenue from PSS was $1.1million in 2012, $1.6 million in 2011, and $2.6 million in 2010.


2015.

International sales are generally made through a worldwide distributor network in over 6040 countries, as well as a direct international sales force of 2532 employees, as of December 31, 2012.2015. As of December 31, 2012,2015, we had direct sales offices in Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Japan and Japan.Switzerland. Our international revenue as a percentage of total revenue represented 59%48% in 2012, 61%2015, 55% in 20112014 and 64%58% in 2010.


2013.

We also sell certain items likeTitan hand piece refills and marketing brochures viathrough the internet.


Although specific customer requirements can vary depending on applications, customers generally demand quality, performance, ease of use, and high productivity in relation to the cost of ownership. We have responded to these customer demands by introducing new products focused on these requirements in the markets we serve. Specifically, we believe that we introduce new products and applications that are innovative, address the specific aesthetic procedures in demand, and are upgradeable on our customers’ existing systems. In addition, we provide attractive upgrade pricing to new product families and are responsive to our customers’ financing preferences.families. To increase market penetration, in addition to marketing to the core specialties of plastic surgeons and dermatologists, we also market to the non-core aesthetic practices consisting of gynecologists, primary care physicians, family practitioners, physicians offering aesthetic treatments in non-medical offices, podiatrists and other qualified practitioners.


We seek to establish strong ongoing relationships with our customers through the upgradeability of our products, sales of extended service contracts, the refilling ofTitan hand pieces, ongoing training and support, and distributing (in Japan only) cosmeceutical and dermal fillerskincare products. We primarily target our marketing efforts to practitioners through office visits, workshops, trade shows, webinars and trade journals. We also market to potential patients through brochures, workshops and our website. In addition, we offer clinical forums with recognized expert panelists to promote advanced treatment techniques using our products to further enhance customer loyalty and uncover new sales opportunities.


Competition


Our industry is subject to intense competition. Our products compete against conventional non-energy-based treatments, such as electrolysis, Botox and collagen injections, chemical peels, microdermabrasion and sclerotherapy. Our products also compete against laser and other energy-based products offered by public companies, such as Cynosure, Elen (in Italy), Palomar, Solta,Lumenis (acquired by XIO Group in September 2015), Syneron and Zeltiq, and Syneron, as well as private companies, including, Alma, Lumenis, Sciton, and several other companies.


others.

Competition among providers of laser and other energy-based devices for the aesthetic market is characterized by extensive research efforts and innovative technology. While we attempt to protect our products through patents and other intellectual property rights, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that would compete directly with ours. There are many companies, both public and private, that are developing innovative devices that use both energy-based and alternative technologies. Some of these competitors have greater resources than we do or product applications for certain sub-markets in which we do not participate. Additional competitors may enter the market, and we are likely to compete with new companies in the future. To compete effectively, we have to demonstrate that our products are attractive alternatives to other devices and treatments by differentiating our products on the basis of performance, brand name, service and price. We have encountered, and expect to continue to encounter, potential customers who, due to existing relationships with our competitors, are committed to, or prefer, the products offered by these competitors. Competitive pressures may result in price reductions and reduced margins for our products.


Research and Development


Our research and development group develops new products and applications and builds clinical support to address unmet or underserved market needs. As of December 31, 2012,2015, our research and development activities were conducted by a staff of 2434 employees with a broad base of experience in lasers, optoelectronics, software and other fields. We have developed relationships with outside contract engineering and design consultants, giving our team additional technical and creative breadth. We work closely with thought leaders and customers, to understand unmet needs and emerging applications in aesthetic medicine. Research and development expenses were approximately $8.4$10.7 million in 2012, $9.12015, $10.7 million in 20112014 and $7.0$9.2 million in 2010.


2013.

Service and Support


Our products are engineered to enable quick and efficient service and support. There are several separate components of our products, each of which can easily be removed and replaced. We believe that quick and effective delivery of service is important to our customers. As of December 31, 2012,2015, we had a 42-person45-person global service department. Internationally, we provide direct service support through our Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain and JapanSwitzerland offices, and also through the network of distributors and third-party service providers in over 6040 countries. In February 2012, we acquired Iridex’s aesthetic business, which resulted in an increase in our service and support team and service revenue.

We historically have provided a standard one-year or two-year warranty coverage on our systems. We haveprovide a standard one-year warranty oncoverage for all of our systems. We provide initial warranties on our products to cover parts and service and offer extended service plans that vary by the type of product and the level of service desired. Our standard warranty on system consoles covers parts and service for a standard period of one year. From time to time, we also have promotions whereby we include a post-warranty service contract with the sale of our products. Customers are notified before their initial warranty expires and are able to choose from two differentpurchase extended service plans covering preventative maintenance or replacement parts and labor.

In countries where we are represented by distributor partners, our customers are serviced through the distributor network. Distributors are generally provided 14 months warranty coverage for parts only, with labor being provided to the end customer by the distributor.

In the event a customer does not purchase an extended service plan, we will offer to service the customer’s system and charge the customer for time and materials. With respect to thetruSculpt and other hand pieces, if a customer’s system is out of warranty, and they have not purchased an extended service contract that covers hand piece replacements, then the customer is charged for their replacement hand piece.

OurTitan hand pieces generally include a warranty for a set number of shots, instead of for a period of time. We have invested substantial financial and management resources to develop a worldwide infrastructure to meet the service needs of our customers worldwide.


Manufacturing


We manufacture our products with components and subassemblies supplied by vendors. We assemble and test each of our products at our Brisbane, California facility. Quality control, cost reduction and inventory management are top priorities of our manufacturing operations.


We purchase certain components and subassemblies from a limited number of suppliers. We have flexibility with our suppliers to adjust the number of components and subassemblies as well as the delivery schedules. The forecasts we use are based on historical demands and sales projections. Lead times for components and subassemblies may vary significantly depending on the size of the order, time required to fabricate and test the components or subassemblies, specific supplier requirements and current market demand for the components and subassemblies. We reduce the potential for disruption of supply by maintaining sufficient inventories and identifying additional suppliers. The time required to qualify new suppliers for some components, or to redesign them, could cause delays in our manufacturing. To date, we have not experienced significant delays in obtaining any of our components or subassemblies.

We use small quantities of common cleaning products in our manufacturing operations, which are lawfully disposed of through a normal waste management program. We do not forecast any material costs due to compliance with environmental laws or regulations.


We are required to manufacture our products in compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation, or QSR. The QSR covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. The FDA enforces the QSR through periodic unannounced inspections. We had an FDA audit of compliance with laser performance standards in 2010 and a full quality system audit plus laser performance standard audit in August 2011.for three weeks during March 2014. There were no significant findings as a result of these auditsthis audit and our responses have been accepted by the FDA. Our failure to maintain compliance with the QSR requirements could result in the shutdown of our manufacturing operations and the recall of our products, which would have a material adverse effect on business. In the event that one of our suppliers fails to maintain compliance with our quality requirements, we may have to qualify a new supplier and could experience manufacturing delays as a result. We have opted to maintain quality assurance and quality management certifications to enable us to market our products in the United States,U.S., the member states of the European Union, the European Free Trade Association and countries which have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements with the European Union. In January 2016, we passed our surveillance recertification audit establishing compliance with the most current requirements of EN ISO 13485:2012, CAN/CSA ISO 13485:2003, and MDD 93/42/EEC. Our manufacturing facility is ISO 13485 certified.


Patents and Proprietary Technology


We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, and non-disclosure, confidentiality and invention assignment agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. As of December 31, 2012,2015, we had 2434 issued U.S. patents and 184 pending U.S. patent applications. In the U.S. and several foreign countries, we have registered our Company name and several of our product names as trademarks, including Cutera,Acutip 500,CoolGlide,CoolGlide Excel,enlighten, Limelight,myQ,Pearl,ProWave 770 Solera, ,ProWave LX,solera,Titan Xeo,xeo and truSculpt.truSculpt. We may have common law rights in other product names, including ExcelV, excelV,Pearl Fractional Solera,solera Titan and VariLite.excel HR. We intend to file for additional patents and trademarks to continue to strengthen our intellectual property rights.


We licenselicensed certain patents from Palomar (acquired by Cynosure in 2013) and paypaid ongoing royalties based on sales of applicable hair-removal products. The royalty rate on these products rangesranged from 3.75% to 7.50% of revenue. The remaining U.S. patents are set to expireexpired in February 20132015 and the remaining international patents expired in February 2015.2016. As a result, all our revenue from February 2016 onwards will not be subject to royalties. Our revenue from systems that do not include hair-removal capabilities (such as our Solerasolera Titan Xeo,xeo SA,GenesisPlus VariLite, ,myQ,excel V and ExcelV);enlighten), and other revenue from service contracts,Titan and truSculpt refills, Fillers and cosmeceuticals, are, skincare products, were not subject to these royalties. In addition, in 2006 we capitalized $1.2 million as an intangible asset representing the ongoing license for these patents, which iswas being amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful life of 9-10 years.

Our employees and technical consultants are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived in connection with the relationship. We cannot provide any assurance that employees and consultants will abide by the confidentiality or assignability terms of their agreements. Despite measures taken to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may copy aspects of our products or obtain and use information that we regard as proprietary.


Government Regulation


Our products are medical devices subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, as well as other regulatory bodies. FDA regulations govern the following activities that we perform and will continue to perform to ensure that medical products distributed domestically or exported internationally are safe and effective for their intended uses:


 ·

Product design and development;

 ·

Product testing;

 ·

Product manufacturing;

 ·

Product safety;

 ·

Product labeling;

 ·

Product storage;

 ·

Recordkeeping;

 ·

Pre-market clearance or approval;

 ·

Advertising and promotion;

 ·

Production;

 ·

Product sales and distribution; and

 ·

Complaint Handling.


FDA’s Pre-market Clearance and Approval Requirements

Unless an exemption applies, each medical device we wish to commercially distribute in the United StatesU.S. will require either prior 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval from the FDA. The FDA classifies medical devices into one of three classes. Devices deemed to pose lower risks are placed in either class I or II, which requires the manufacturer to submit to the FDA a pre-market notification requesting permission to commercially distribute the device. This process is generally known as 510(k) clearance. Some low risk devices are exempted from this requirement. Devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk, such as life-sustaining, life-supporting or implantable devices, or devices deemed not substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device, are placed in class III, requiring pre-market approval. All of our current products are class II devices.


510(k) Clearance Pathway


When a 510(k) clearance is required, we must submit a pre-market notification demonstrating that our proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of Pre-Market Approval, or PMA, applications. By regulation, the FDA is required to clear or deny a 510(k), pre-market notification within 90 days of submission of the application. As a practical matter, clearance often takes significantly longer. The FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence. Laser devices used for aesthetic procedures, such as hair removal, have generally qualified for clearance under 510(k) procedures.


The following table details the indications for which we received a 510(k) clearance for our products and when these clearances were received.


FDA Marketing Clearances:

 

Date Received:

Laser-based products:

 

- treatment of vascular lesions

 

June 1999

- hair removal

 

March 2000

- permanent hair reduction

 

January 2001

- treatment of benign pigmented lesions and pseudofolliculitispseudo folliculitis barbae, commonly referred to as razor bumps, and for the reduction of red pigmentation in scars

 

June 2002

- treatment of wrinkles

 

October 2002

- treatment of Onychomycosis for the clearance of nailsto increase clear nail in patients with onychomycosis

 

April 2011

- expanded spot size to 5 mm for clear nail in patients with onychomycosis

May 2013

- addition of Alexandrite 755 nm laser wavelength for hair removal, permanent hair reduction and the treatment of vascular and benign pigmented lesions

December 2013

-enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm for the treatment of benign pigmented lesions

August 2014

-enlighten picosecond and nanosecond 532/1064 nm for tattoo removal

November 2014
   

Pulsed-light technologies:

 

- treatment of pigmented lesions

 

March 2003

- hair removal and vascular treatments

 

March 2005

  

Infrared Titan technology for deep dermal heating for the temporary relief of minor muscle and joint pain and for the temporary increase in local circulation where applied

 

February 2004

Solera tabletop console:

- for use with the Titan hand piece

October 2004

- for use with our pulsed-light hand pieces

January 2005

Pearl product for the treatment of wrinkles

March 2007

Pearl Fractional product for skin resurfacing and coagulation

August 2008

   
Solera tabletop console:
   - for use with the Titan hand pieceOctober 2004
   - for use with our pulsed-light hand piecesJanuary 2005
Pearl

truSculpt radio frequency (“RF”)product for the treatment of wrinkles

March 2007
Pearl Fractional product for skin resurfacing and coagulationAugust 2008
truSculpt
   - for deep tissue heating for the temporary relief of minor muscle and joint pain;pain and for a temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite; both with a cellulite

- 16cm2to25cm2hand piecepieces for smaller body parts

 April 2008

- 16cm2to 40cm2 hand pieces for larger body parts

 November 2012
GenesisPlus

- Product labeling and technology updates for clearance of nails that are infected with onychomycosis

existing clearances

 April 2011
truSculpt
   - for deep heating for the temporary relief of minor muscle and joint pain; and temporary improvement in the appearance of cellulite; both with a 40cm2 hand piece
January 2012September 2014

Pre-Market Approval (“PMA”(PMA) Pathway


A PMA must be submitted to the FDA if the device cannot be cleared through the 510(k) process. A PMA must be supported by extensive data, including but not limited to, technical, preclinical, clinical trials, manufacturing and labeling to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. No device that we have developed to date has required pre-market approval, although development of future devices or indications may require pre-market approval.


Product Modifications


We have modified aspects of our products since receiving regulatory clearance, but we believe that new 510(k) clearances are not required for these modifications. After a device receives 510(k) clearance or a PMA, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, will require a new clearance or approval. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer’s determination. If the FDA disagrees with our determination not to seek a new 510(k) clearance or PMA, the FDA may retroactively require us to seek 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval. The FDA could also require us to cease marketing and distribution and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval is obtained. Also, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties.


Clinical Trials


When FDA approval of a class I, class II or class III device requires human clinical trials, and if the device presents a “significant risk,” as defined by the FDA, to human health, the device sponsor is required to file an Investigational Device Exemption, or IDE, application with the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trial. If the device is considered a “non-significant” risk, IDE submission to the FDA is not required. Instead, only approval from the Institutional Review Board, or IRB, overseeing the clinical trial is required. Human clinical studies are generally required in connection with approval of class III devices and may be required for class I and II devices. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of patients. Clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the application is reviewed and cleared by the FDA and the appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. Future clinical trials of our products may require that we submit and obtain clearance of an IDE from the FDA prior to commencing clinical trials. The FDA, and the IRB at each institution at which a clinical trial is being performed, may suspend a clinical trial at any time for various reasons, including a belief that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk.


Pervasive and Continuing Regulation

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include:


 ·

Quality system regulations, which require manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow stringent design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during all aspects of the manufacturing process;

 ·

Labeling regulations and FDA prohibitions against the promotion of products for un-cleared, unapproved or “off-label” uses;

 ·

Medical device reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur; and

 ·

Post-market surveillance regulations, which apply when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device.


The FDA has broad post-market and regulatory enforcement powers. We are subject to unannounced inspections by the FDA and the Food and Drug Branch of the California Department of Health Services, or CDHS, to determine our compliance with the QSR and other regulations, and these inspections may include the manufacturing facilities of our subcontractors. In the past, our prior facility has been inspected, and observations were noted. There were no findings that involved a material violation of regulatory requirements. Our responses to these observations have been accepted by the FDA and CDHS, and we believe that we are in substantial compliance with the QSR. Our current manufacturing facility has been inspected by the FDA and the CDHS. The FDA and the CDHS noted observations, but there were no findings that involved a material violation of regulatory requirements. Our responses to those observations have been accepted by the FDA and CDHS.


We are also regulated under the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act, which requires laser products to comply with performance standards, including design and operation requirements, and manufacturers to certify in product labeling and in reports to the FDA that their products comply with all such standards. The law also requires laser manufacturers to file new product and annual reports, maintain manufacturing, testing and sales records, and report product defects. Various warning labels must be affixed and certain protective devices installed, depending on the class of the product.


Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by the FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions:

 ·

Warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

 ·

Repair, replacement, recall or seizure of our products;

 ·

Operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

 ·

Refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

 ·

Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

 ·

Criminal prosecution.


The FDA also has the authority to require us to repair, replace or refund the cost of any medical device that we have manufactured or distributed. If any of these events were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our business.


We are also subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those related to the environment, health and safety, land use and quality assurance. We believe that compliance with these laws and regulations as currently in effect will not have a material adverse effect on our capital expenditures, earnings and competitive and financial position.

International


International

International sales of medical devices are subject to foreign governmental regulations, which vary substantially from country to country. The time required to obtain clearance or approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may be different.


The primary regulatory environment in Europe is that of the European Union, which consists of a 2728 countries encompassing most of the major countries in Europe. The member states of the European Free Trade Association have voluntarily adopted laws and regulations that mirror those of the European Union with respect to medical devices. Other countries, such as Switzerland, have entered into Mutual Recognition Agreements and allow the marketing of medical devices that meet European Union requirements. The European Union has adopted numerous directives and European Standardization Committees have promulgated voluntary standards regulating the design, manufacture, clinical trials, labeling and adverse event reporting for medical devices. Devices that comply with the requirements of a relevant directive will be entitled to bear CE conformity marking, indicating that the device conforms with the essential requirements of the applicable directives and, accordingly, can be commercially distributed throughout the member states of the European Union, the member states of the European Free Trade Association and countries which have entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the type and class of the product, but normally involves a combination of self-assessment by the manufacturer and a third-party assessment by a Notified Body, an independent and neutral institution appointed by a country to conduct the conformity assessment. This third-party assessment may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system and specific testing of the manufacturer’s device. An assessment by a Notified Body in one member state of the European Union, the European Free Trade Association or one country which has entered into a Mutual Recognition Agreement is required in order for a manufacturer to commercially distribute the product throughout these countries. ISO 9001 and ISO 13845 certification are voluntary harmonized standards. Compliance establishes the presumption of conformity with the essential requirements for a CE Marking. In February 2000, our facility was awarded the ISO 9001 and EN 46001 certification. In March 2003, we received our ISO 9001 updated certification (ISO 9001:2000) as well as our certification for ISO 13485:1996 which replaced our EN 46001 certification. In March 2004, we received our ISO 13485:2003 certification which is the most current ISO certification for medical device companies, and in March 2006, March 2010, February 2011 and January 2012 we passed our ISO 13485 recertification audits. Our most recent recertification audit occurred in January 2015. We passed the audit establishing compliance with the most current requirements of EN ISO 13485:2012, CAN/CSA ISO 13485:2003, and MDD 93/42/EEC.

Employees


Employees

As of December 31, 2012,2015, we had 227262 employees, compared to 200266 employees as of December 31, 2011.2014. Of the 227262 employees at December 31, 2012, 852015, 103 were in sales and marketing, 5456 in manufacturing operations, 4245 in technical service, 2434 in research and development and 2224 in general and administrative. We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we believe our employee relations are good.


Available Information


We are subject to the reporting requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Consequently, we are required to file reports and information with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, including reports on the following forms: annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These reports and other information concerning the company may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Such filings, as well as our charters for our Audit and Compensation Committees and our Code of Ethics are available on our website at www.cutera.com. In the event that we grant a waiver under our Code of Ethics to any of our officers and directors, we will publish it on our website.

ITEM 1A.

RISKRISK FACTORS


We operate in a rapidly changing economic and technological environment that presents numerous risks, many of which are driven by factors that we cannot control or predict. Our business, financial condition and results of operations may be impacted by a number of factors. In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this report, the following risks and uncertainties could materially harm our business, financial condition or results of operations, including causing our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements. The following discussion, as well as our discussionlist of significant risk factors is not all-inclusive or necessarily in Management’s Discussionorder of importance. Additional risks and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (Item 7), highlights some of these risks. The risks described below areuncertainties not exhaustive and youpresently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, also may materially adversely affect us in future periods. You should carefully consider these risks and uncertainties before investing in our securities.

Revenue from the U.S. represents a significant part of our total revenue. In 2012,2015, our U.S. revenue increased by approximately 37%38%, compared to 2011. Even though2014. Unless our U.S. revenue has increased in 2012, it continues to be significantly below the pre-2009 levels. If our U.S. revenue does not continue to improve, itwe could haveexperience a material adverse effect on our total revenue, profitability, employee retention and stock price.

In 2012,

Revenue from the U.S. represented 52% of our U.S.total revenue in 2015 compared to 45% in 2014. U.S revenue increased by approximately 37%,38% in 2015, compared to 2011. Even though our U.S. revenue increased in 2012, it continues to be significantly below the pre-2009 levels2014, due to several factors, some of which are:


including:

 ·

Our Product

In 2014 and Upgrade average selling prices (“ASPs”) were lower thanin 2015, we continued to expand our North American direct sales force, restructured their compensation arrangements, and hired new sales management experienced in the pre-2009 levels as a result of customers purchasing fewer applications for systems, lower pricing resulting from competitive discounting pressures and the impact of a shift in our product mix towards lower priced systems.medical equipment industry.

 ·

Historically, we have introducedfollowing a new product every year since 2000, withintroduction, we experience revenue growth, compared to the exception of 2009, and our revenue increases following the introduction of new products. In 2010, we launched GenesisPlus, in 2011 Excel V, and in 2012 VariLite and truSculpt. Even though we have introduced these new products and experienced sales increases as a result, there can be no assurance that we will continue to introduce a new product each year or that these products introduced will translate into increased revenuesame period in the long termprior year. We experienced revenue growth from our newenlightenand excel HR products launched in the U.S.fourth and second quarter of 2014, respectively.

Though our U.S. quarterly revenue has improved over

There can be no assurance that we will continue to introduce new products each year, or that the past seven quarters ended December 31, 2012, compared with the respective quarters in the prior year, due primarily to new product introductions this growth was partly attributable to ourwill translate into increased revenue in the long term in the U.S., or that the new direct sales force expansion, acquisition ofemployees and management hired to replace the Iridex aesthetic businessdeparted sales employees will continue to be effective and result in February 2012, improved U.S. macroeconomic environment, and availability of credit at reduced interest rates. The improved macroeconomic environment also contributed to increased corporate confidence and spending. Ifsales productivity. Further, if the current economic recovery does not hold,continue, or there is another recession in the U.S., our future revenue growth would be adversely impacted.


If our U.S. revenue does not continue to improve, itimpacted and we could haveexperience a material adverse effect on our total revenue, profitability, employee retention and stock price.

In overseven years we have had net operating losses historically and only recently becamehadthree profitable quarters and we are unable to predict whether we will remain profitable.

return to sustained quarterly profits in the future.

Although we had a profitable fourth quarter in 2009, 2012 thereand 2015, we have otherwise had net quarterly losses in each quarter since the third quarter of 2008. There is no guarantee that we will be profitable in the future.  We have a recent history of net lossesfuture and only became profitable on a quarterly basis for the first time since 2009.  Any predictions about future performance of our going forward operations may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer history of sales from some of our newer products.  For example, we launched our truSculpt product in August 2012 which we anticipate will comprise significant portion of our revenues. If truSculpt does not generate expected revenues, our overall revenue will be adversely affected and we may not be able to maintain profitability.  Youyou should not therefore rely on our operating results for any prior quarterly or annual periods as an indication of our future operating performance.

Any predictions about the performance of our operations in the future may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer history of profitability.

Revenue growth in our business is driven by several factors and one such factor is new product introductions. While our recently released products in 2014 —enlighten- Q4’14 andexcel HR- Q2’14— have resulted in the growth of our revenue over the last seven quarters ended December 31, 2015, sales of ourtruSculpt product introduced in 2012 have not penetrated the market to the degree we had expected.

In an effort to improve our revenue, we have invested in the restructuring and expansion of our global sales force, re-evaluated and changed the structure of their compensation arrangements, hired new senior sales management with prior experience in the aesthetic medical device industry, and increased our marketing and promotional activities. We have also invested heavily in training our new sales employees to sell our products and in marketing efforts to generate additional revenue.

For the full-year 2015, compared to 2014, our revenue increased by $16.6 million but our combined cost of revenue and operating expenses increased by $10.5 million. Our ability to sustainreturn to sustained profitability depends on the extent to which we can maintain or increase revenue and control our costs in order to among other things,be able to leverage our expenses. In addition, we need to be able to counter any unforeseen difficulties, complications, product delays or other unknown factors that may require additional expenditures. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our growth prospects, product development, sales and marketing and other efforts, unforeseen litigation expenses, etc., we are unable to predict the extent of our future profitability or future losses.

If our revenue does not continue to improve, or we are unable todo not achieve adequate growth in the future, or if we are not able to control our costs to leverage our expenses, like we had in the four quarters of 2015, then we may not be able to sustain profitability.

quarterly profitability or be able to continue to generate cash in our operations in the future.

We rely heavily on our sales professionals to market and sell our products worldwide. If we are unable to hire, effectively train, manage, improve the productivity of, and retain the sales professionals, our business will be harmed, which would impair our future revenue and profitability.

Our success largely depends on our ability to hire, train, manage and improve the productivity levels of our sales professionals worldwide. Because of our focus on the non-core market in the past, several of our sales professionals do not have established relationships with the core market, physicians (dermatologistsconsisting of dermatologists and plastic surgeons)surgeons, or where those relationships exist, they are not very strong. In addition, every year

We have experienced direct sales employee and sales management turnover in North America for several reasons. One such reason was a change in sales leadership in 2014. Further, competition for sales professionals who are familiar and trained to sell in the aesthetic equipment market continues to be strong. As a result, we losehave lost some of our sales people to our competitors. However, we have also hired a record number of new sales people, including several from our competitors. Several of our sales employees and sales management have been recently hired or recently transferred into different roles, and it will take time for them to be fully trained to improve their productivity. In addition, due to the competition for sales professionals in our industry, we have recruited sales professionals from outside the industry. Sales professionals from outside the industry take longer to competitorstrain and other industries.

to become familiar with our products and the procedures in which they are used. As a result of a lack of industry knowledge, these sales professionals may take longer to become productive members of our sales force.

Over the past approximately fifteen months, we restructured and have been expanding our North American direct sales force and sales management. We have been trainingincreased our efforts to hire industry experienced sales professionals but there can be no guarantee that we will be able to retain all of the hired sales professionals or that they will all become productive in a short period of time. Our industry is characterized by a few established companies that compete vigorously for talented sales professionals. Further, as the economy in North America has rebounded from the recent recession, some of those sales professionals have left our company for jobs that they perceive to be better opportunities, both within and outside of the aesthetic industry. We believe that the sales employee turnover, restructuring and expansion of the sales force had a negative impact on our North American productivity in 2014.

We train our existing and recently recruited sales professionals to better understand our existing and new product technologytechnologies and how itthey can be positioned against our competitors’ products. These initiatives are intended to improve the productivity of our sales professionals and our revenue and profitability.

We have experienced significant turnover of our European It takes time for the sales team. While we continueprofessionals to have a direct salesbecome productive following their training and service organization in France, and have consolidated our operations with the newly acquired aesthetic business of Iridex there, we have restructured the rest of our European operation. We shut down our direct European hub in Switzerland in December 2011, and in March 2012 we decided to shut down our direct sales offices in Spain and the United Kingdom. We have engaged a distributor in Switzerland and are in the process of identifying new distributor partners in Spain and the United Kingdom. As we restructure parts of our European business towards a more distributor focus, there can be no assurance given that these initiativesthe recently recruited sales professionals will resultbe adequately trained in improved European-sourced revenuea timely manner, or profitabilitythat our direct sales productivity will improve, or that we will not experience significant levels of attrition in the future.

Measures we implement in an effort to recruit, retain, train and manage our sales professionals, strengthen their relationships with core market physicians, and improve their productivity may not be successful and may instead contribute to instability in our operations, additional departures from our sales organization, or further reduce our revenue and harm our business.

If we are not able to improve the productivity and retention of our North American and international sales professionals, then our total revenue, profitability and stock price may be adversely impacted.

If our revenue does not continue to improve, or if our cost of revenue and/or operating expenses increase by a greater percentage than our revenue, our gross margins and operating margins may be adversely impacted, our loss from operations will increase, and our cash used in operating activities will increase, which could reduce our assets and have a material adverse effect on our stock price.

Our gross margin (revenue less cost) declined to 54%cost of revenue) was 57% in 2012,2015, compared to 57%56% in 2011.2014. Our gross margin is impacted by the revenue that we generate and the costs incurred to generate the revenue. To the extent that our revenue declines, it is difficult to improve our gross margins as our fixed costs must be spread over a lower revenue base. Our future revenue may be adversely affected by a number of factors including the competitive market environment in which we operate, which may result in a decrease in the number of units sold, a decrease in the number of applications per system purchased by customers, a decrease in the average selling prices achieved for our product sales, a shift in our product mix towards products with lower average selling prices, or a shift in our product mix towards products with lower margin.

margins.

Our cost of revenue may also be adversely impacted by various factors such as obsolescence of our inventory, impairment of our intangibles, increased expenses associated with repairingthe repair of defective products covered by our warranty program, utilization of our relatively fixed manufacturing costs, and a shift in our product mix towards products that have a higher cost of manufacturing.

We have also been investing significant resources in our research and development and sales and marketing activities. In 2012, weWe have expanded our global direct sales force, to 54 employees at December 31, 2012, from 48 at December 31, 2011. While we have addedand while the increase in revenue exceeded the increase in sales and marketing personnel, it may take time beforeexpenses in 2015, the productivity of our new sales representatives become productiveprofessionals may not continue to improve and for the revenue that they generate to becomebe accretive to our operating income. We plan to continue making such investments in order to bring new products to market and to distribute them effectively. If these investments do not yield in increased revenue, weour profitability may continue to generate losses and consume cash.

not improve in the future.

If our revenue does not continue to improve, or if our cost of revenue increases by a greater percentage than our revenue, or if we are not able to reduce expenses in the event of a decline in revenue, we may continue to generate losses from operations and use cash, which could reduce our assets and have a material adverse effect on our operations and stock price.

In February 2016, a lawsuit was filed against us by Kendall Jenner and Kendall Jenner Inc. (���Plaintiffs”), alleging trademark infringement, false endorsement and violation of Jenner’s right of publicity. There can be no assurance regarding the potential outcome of this litigation, or its impact uponus, at this time. The expense of defending and resolving this lawsuit may adversely impact our future earnings, cash flows and stock price.

On February 11, 2016, Kendall Jenner and Kendall Jenner Inc. (“Plaintiffs”), filed a lawsuit against the Company in the U.S. District Court, Central District of California, alleging trademark infringement, false endorsement and violation of Jenner’s right of publicity.  The claims arise out of alleged advertising referring to news articles describing Jenner’s blog posting regarding her use of our Laser Genesis treatment for her acne. In their complaint, the Plaintiffs state that they are seeking “at least $10 million” in compensatory damages and reasonable costs and attorney’s fees. We are presently investigating the matter and intend to defend the matter vigorously.

While we believe we have meritorious defenses to the claims made, there can be no assurance regarding the potential outcome of this litigation, or its impact upon us, at this time. The expense of defending and resolving this lawsuit may adversely impact our future earnings, cash flows and stock price.

The aesthetic equipment market is characterized by rapid innovation. To compete effectively, we must develop and/or acquire new products, market them successfully, and identify new markets for our technology.

We have created products to apply our technology to body contouring, hair removal, treatment of veins, tattoo removal, and skin rejuvenation, includingthe treatingtreatment of diffuse redness, skin laxity, fine lines, wrinkles, skin texture, pore size and benign pigmented lesions, etc. In 2012,the fourth quarter of 2014, we launched truSculpt for the body contouring marketenlighten, a dual wavelength, dual pulse duration tattoo removal and acquired VariLite for vascular and pigmented lesions. In 2011, we launched our vascular laser product – ExcelV – and began distribution of a Q-switched laser in Japan that Cutera is sourcing from a third party OEM for superficial and deepbenign pigmented lesions (i.e., melasma), skin rejuvenation, laser skin toning and tattoo removal. Currently, these applications representtreatment system featuring picosecond technology.Additionally, in the majority of offered laser and other energy based aesthetic procedures. In addition, since the firstsecond quarter of 2010,2014 we have been distributing cosmeceutical products and dermal fillers in the Japanese market.launchedexcel HR, a premium hair removal platform for all skin types. To grow in the future, we must continue to develop and / and/or acquire new and innovative aesthetic products and applications, identify new markets, and successfully launch the newly acquired or developed product offerings.

To successfully expand our product offerings, we must, among other things:

 ·Develop and acquire new products that either add to or significantly improve our current product offerings;
 ·

Convince our existing and prospective customers that our product offerings would beare an attractive revenue-generating addition to their practice;

 ·

Sell our product offerings to a broad customer base;

 ·

Identify new markets and alternative applications for our technology;

 ·

Protect our existing and future products with defensible intellectual property; and

 ·

Satisfy and maintain all regulatory requirements for commercialization.

Historically, product introductions have been a significant component of our financial performance. To be successful in the aesthetics industry, we need to continue to innovate. Our business strategy has therefore been based, in part, on our expectation that we will continue to increase our product offerings. We need to continue to devote substantial research and development resources to make new product introductions, which can be costly and time consuming to our organization.

We also believe that, to increase revenue from sales of new products, we need to continue to develop our clinical support, further expand and nurture relationships with industry thought leaders and increase market awareness of the benefits of our new products. However, even with a significant investment in research and development, we may be unable to continue to develop, acquire or effectively launch and market new products and technologies regularly, or at all. If we fail to successfully commercialize new products, our business may be harmed.

While we attempt to protect our products through patents and other intellectual property, there are few barriers to entry that would prevent new entrants or existing competitors from developing products that compete directly with ours. We expect that any competitive advantage we may enjoy from current and future innovations may diminish over time as companies successfully respond to our, or create their own, innovations. Consequently, we believe that we will have to continuously innovate and improve our products and technology to compete successfully. If we are unable to innovate successfully, our products could become obsolete and our revenue could decline as our customers and prospects purchase our competitors’ products.

Healthcare reform legislation could adversely affect our future profitability and financial condition.
In December 2009, the President and members of Congress passed legislation relating to healthcare reform. Our products are not reimbursed by insurance companies or federal or state governments and some of this legislation will, therefore, not affect us.
However, beginning in 2013, medical device manufacturers have to pay an excise tax of 2.3% on certain U.S. medical device revenues. Though there are some exceptions, this excise tax will apply to all of our products manufactured and sold within the U.S. and will adversely affect our future profitability and financial condition.
Demand for our products in any of our markets could be weakened by several factors, including:

 ·

Our ability to develop and market our products to the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons;

 ·

Poor financial performance of market segments that try introducing aesthetic procedures to their businesses;

 ·

The inability to differentiate our products from those of our competitors;

 ·

Reduced patient demand for elective aesthetic procedures;

 ·

Failure to build and maintain relationships with opinion leaders within the various market segments;

 ·

An increase in malpractice lawsuits that result in higher insurance costs; and

 ·

The lack of credit financing for some of our potential customers.


If we do not achieve anticipated demand for our products, itthere could havebe a material adverse effect on our total revenue, profitability, employee retention and stock price.

Macroeconomic political and market conditions, and catastrophic events may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

Our business is influenced by a range of factors that are beyond our control, including:

 ·

General economic and business conditions;

 ·

The overall demand for our products by the core market specialties of dermatologists and plastic surgeons;

 ·

Governmental budgetary constraints or shifts in government spending priorities;

 ·

General political developments;

 ·

Natural disasters, such as the March 2011 earthquakedisasters; and tsunami in Japan; and

 ·

Currency exchange rate fluctuations.


Macroeconomic developments, like the global recession and the debtfinancial crisis in the U.S. and certain countries in the European Union during 2007 to 2009, could negatively affect our business, operating results or financial condition which, in turn, could adversely affect our stock price. A general weakening of, and related declining corporate confidence in, the global economy or the curtailment in government or corporate spending could cause current or potential customers to reduce their budgets or be unable to fund product or upgrade application purchases, which could cause customers to delay, decrease or cancel purchases of our products and services or cause customers not to pay us or to delay paying us for previously purchased products and services.

In addition, political unrest in regions like the Middle East, terrorist attacks around the globe and the potential for other hostilities in various parts of the world, potential public health crises and natural disasters continue to contribute to a climate of economic and political uncertainty that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition, including our revenue growth and profitability. For example, the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami and other collateral events in Japan adversely affected the demand for our products and services in the Japanese market.

Macroeconomic declines, negative political developments, adverse market conditions and catastrophic events may cause a decline in our revenue, negatively affect our operating results, adversely affect our cash flow and could result in a decline in our stock price

price.

To successfully market and sell our products internationally, we must address many issues that are unique to our international business.

International

While our international revenue represented 59% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2012,in 2015 increased by 8%, compared to 61% for2014, it was negatively impacted by the same periodappreciation of the U.S. Dollar versus the major currencies in 2011.which we transact. International revenue is a material component of our business strategy.strategy, and represented 48% of our total revenue in 2015, compared to 55% in 2014. We depend on third-party distributors and a direct sales force to sell our products internationally, and if they underperform, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of international revenue.

For example, our direct business in Japan declined in 2015, negatively impacting our revenue from international operations.

We have experienced significant turnover of our European sales team.team in the past. While we continue to have a direct sales and service organization in France, Belgium, Spain, Switzerland and have consolidated our operations with the newly acquired aesthetic business of Iridex there, we have restructured the restUnited Kingdom, a significant portion of our European operation. We shut downrevenue is generated through our direct European hub in Switzerland in December 2011network of distributors. Though we continue to evaluate and in March 2012 we shut downreplace non-performing distributors, and have recently brought greater focus on collaborating with our direct sales operations in Spain and the United Kingdom. We have engaged a distributor in Switzerland and are in the process of identifying new distributor partners, in Spain and the United Kingdom. As we restructure parts of our European business towards a more distributor focus, there can be no assurance given that these initiatives will result in improved European-sourced revenue or profitability in the future.

To grow our business, we will need to improve productivity in current sales territories and expand into new territories. However, direct sales productivity may not improve and distributors may not accept our business or commit the necessary resources to market and sell our products to the level of our expectations. If we are not able to increase or maintain international revenue growth, our total revenue, profitability and stock price may be adversely impacted.

We believe, as we continue to manage our international operations and develop opportunities in additional international territories, our international revenue will be subject to a number of risks, including:

 ·

Fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates;

Difficulties in staffing and managing our foreign operations;

 ·

Export restrictions, trade regulations

Political and foreign tax laws;economic instability;

 ·

Fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates;
·

Foreign certification and regulatory requirements;

 ·

Lengthy payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable;

 ·

Export restrictions, trade regulations and foreign tax laws;

Customs clearance and shipping delays;

 ·

Political and economic instability;
·

Lack of awareness of our brand in international markets;

 ·

Preference for locally-produced products; and

 ·

Reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries.


If one or more of these risks were realized, it could require us to dedicate significant resources to remedy the situation; and if we were unsuccessful at finding a solution, we may not be able to sell our products in a particular market and, as a result, our revenue may decline.

We are subject to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. Dollar and foreign currencies.

Foreign currency fluctuations could result in volatility of our revenue. We do not actively hedge our exposure to currency rate fluctuations. While we transact business primarily in U.S. Dollars, and a significant proportion of our revenue is denominated in U.S. Dollars, a portion of our costs and revenue is denominated in other currencies, such as the Euro, Japanese Yen, Australian Dollar and Canadian Dollar. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these currencies to the U.S. Dollar will affect our results from operations. For example, as a result of the recent strengthening of the U.S. Dollar, relative to many other major currencies, our products priced in U.S. Dollars have become more expensive relative to products of our foreign competitors. In addition, our revenue earned in foreign currencies, such as our locally generated revenue in Japan, has been negatively impacted upon translation into U.S. Dollars. Both these factors had a negative impact on our international revenue in 2015, compared to 2014. Future foreign currency fluctuations could adversely impact and increase the volatility of our revenue, profitability and stock price.

Our ability to effectively compete and generate additional revenue from new and existing products dependdepends upon our ability to distinguish our company and our products from our competitors and their products, and to develop and effectively market new and existing products. Our success is dependent on many factors, including the following:

 ·

Speed of new and innovative product development;

 ·

Effective strategy and execution of new product launches;

 ·

Identify

Identification and developdevelopment of clinical support for new indications of our existing products;

 ·

Product performance;

 ·

Product pricing;

 ·

Quality of customer support;

 ·

Development of successful distribution channels, both domestically and internationally; and

 ·

Intellectual property protection.

To compete effectively, we have to demonstrate that our new and existing products are attractive alternatives to other devices and treatments, by differentiating our products on the basis of such factors as innovation, performance, brand name, service, and price. This is difficult to do, especially in a crowded aesthetic market. Some of our competitors have newer or different products and more established customer relationships than we do, which could inhibit our market penetration efforts. For example, we have encountered, and expect to continue to encounter, situations where, due to pre-existing relationships, potential customers decided to purchase additional products from our competitors. Potential customers also may need to recoup the cost of products that they have already purchased from our competitors and may decide not to purchase our products, or to delay such purchases.

If we are unable to increase our market penetration or compete effectively, our revenue and profitability will be adversely impacted.

We compete against companies that offer alternative solutions to our products, or have greater resources, a larger installed base ofcustomers and broader product offerings than ours. If we are not able to effectively compete with these companies, it may harm our business.

Our industry is subject to intense competition. Our products compete against similar products offered by public companies, such as Cynosure, Elen (in Italy), Palomar,Lumenis (acquired by XIO Group in September 2015), Solta and(acquired by Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. in January 2014), Syneron, and as well as private companies such as Alma, Lumenis, Sciton and several other companies. Recently, there has been consolidation in the aesthetic industry leading to companies combining their resources. For example, weXIO Group acquired the aesthetic business unit of Iridex in February 2012, Solta (previously Thermage) acquired Aesthera in February 2010 and Reliant in December 2008; Syneron acquired Ultrashape in March 2012 and CandelaLumenis in September 2009;2015, and Valeant acquired Solta in January 2014 and Cynosure acquired the aesthetic laser business of HOYA ConBioPalomar in June 2011.2013. We are likely to compete with new companies in the future. Competition with these companies could result in reduced selling prices, reduced profit margins and loss of market share, any of which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The energy-based aesthetic market faces competition from non-energy-based medical products, such as Botox, an injectable compound used to reduce wrinkles, and collagen injections. Other alternatives to the use of our products include electrolysis, a procedure involving the application of electric current to eliminate hair follicles, and chemical peels. We may also face competition from manufacturers of pharmaceutical and other products that have not yet been developed.

If there is not sufficient consumer demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our products could be inhibited, resulting in unfavorable operating results and reduced growth potential.

Continued expansion of the global market for laser and other-energy basedother-energy-based aesthetic procedures is a material assumption of our business strategy. Most procedures performed using our products are elective procedures not reimbursable through government or private health insurance, with the costs borne by the patient. The decision to utilize our products may therefore be influenced by a number of factors, including:

 ·

Consumer disposable income and access to consumer credit, which as a result of the unstable economy, may have been significantly impacted;

 ·

The cost of procedures performed using our products;

 ·

The cost, safety and effectiveness of alternative treatments, including treatments which are not based upon laser or other energy-based technologies and treatments which use pharmaceutical products;

 ·

The success of our sales and marketing efforts; and

 ·

The education of our customers and patients on the benefits and uses of our products, compared to competitors’ products and technologies.


If, as a result of these factors, there is not sufficient demand for the procedures performed with our products, practitioner demand for our products could be reduced, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, revenue and result of operations.

Any defects in the design, material or workmanship of our products may not be discovered prior to shipment to customers, which could materially increase our expenses, adversely impact profitability and harm our business.

The design of our products is complex. To manufacture them successfully, we must procure quality components and employ individuals with a significant degree of technical expertise. If our designs are defective, or the material components used in our products are subject to wearing out, or if suppliers fail to deliver components to specification, or if our employees fail to properly assemble, test and package our products, the reliability and performance of our products will be adversely impacted. As an example, in 2010, we incurred significant expenses for the voluntary recall of our Titan XL hand pieces.

If our products contain defects that cannot be repaired easily, inexpensively, or on a timely basis, we may experience:
·Damage to our brand reputation;
·Loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment;
·Increased costs due to product repair or replacement;
·Inability to attract new customers;
·Diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments into our service department; and
·Legal action.

The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could materially increase expenses, adversely impact profitability and harm our business.
We depend on skilled and experienced personnel to operate our business effectively. If we are unable to recruit, hire, train and retain these employees, our ability to manage and expand our business will be harmed, which would impair our future revenue and profitability.
Our success largely depends on the skills, experience and efforts of our officers and other key employees. Except for Change of Control and Severance Agreements for our executive officers and one key employee, we do not have employment contracts with any of our officers or other key employees. Any of our officers and other key employees may terminate their employment at any time. We do not have a succession plan in place for each of our officers and key employees. In addition, we do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies covering any of our employees. The loss of any of our senior management team members could weaken our management expertise and harm our business.
Our ability to retain our skilled labor force and our success in attracting and hiring new skilled employees are critical factors in determining whether we will be successful in the future. We may not be able to meet our future hiring needs or retain existing personnel. The staff we hire to perform administrative functions may be become stretched due to our increased growth and they may not be able to perform their jobs effectively or efficiently as a result. We may face particularly significant challenges and risks in hiring, training, managing and retaining engineering and sales and marketing employees. Failure to attract, train and retain personnel, particularly technical and sales and marketing personnel, would materially harm our ability to compete effectively and grow our business.
Federal regulatory reforms and changes occurring at the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”), federal and state agencies and international regulatory bodies have broad enforcement powers. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in enforcement action by the FDA, federal and state agencies or international regulatory bodies.

The FDA, state authorities and international regulatory bodies have broad enforcement powers. If we fail to comply with any U.S. law or any of the applicable regulatory requirements of the FDA, or federal or state agencies, or one of the international regulatory bodies, it could adversely affect our ability to sell our products profitably and financial condition.

result in enforcement action by the agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:

Warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;

Repair, replacement, refund, recall or seizure of our products;

Operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;

Refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;

Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and

Criminal prosecution.

 
From time to time, legislation is drafted and introduced in Congress that could significantly change the statutory provisions governing the clearance or approval, manufacture and marketing of a device. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted or FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and what the impact of such changes, if any, may be.22

Table Of Contents
 
In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Changes in FDA regulations may lengthen the regulatory approval process for medical devices and require additional clinical data to support regulatory clearance for the sale and marketing of our new products. In addition, it may require additional safety monitoring, labeling changes, restrictions on product distribution or use, or other measures after the introduction of our products to market. Either of these changes lengthen the duration to market, increase our costs of doing business, adversely affect the future permitted uses of approved products, or otherwise adversely affect the market for our products.

If we fail to obtain or maintain necessary FDA clearances for our products and indications, if clearances for future products and indications are delayed or not issued, if there are federal or state level regulatory changes or if we are found to have violated applicable FDA marketing rules, our commercial operations would be harmed.

Our products are medical devices that are subject to extensive regulation in the United StatesU.S. by the FDA for manufacturing, labeling, sale, promotion, distribution and shipping. Before a new medical device, or a new use of or labeling claim for an existing product, can be marketed in the United States,U.S., it must first receive either 510(k) clearance or pre-marketingpre-market approval from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. Either process can be expensive and lengthy. In the event that we do not obtain FDA clearances or approvals for our products, our ability to market and sell them in the United StatesU.S. and revenue derived from therethe U.S. market may be adversely affected.

Medical devices may be marketed in the United StatesU.S. only for the indications for which they are approved or cleared by the FDA. For example, up until April 2011 our recently introduced GenesisPlus product had a number of general indications for use in the U.S. that allowed us to market the product in the U.S.; however we could only market it internationally for the treatment of toenail fungus as it has a CE Mark approval. In April 2011, we received FDA clearance to market GenesisPlus in the U.S. for the clearance of nails that are infected with toenail fungus. Another example is our Pearl Fractional product which is cleared only for skin resurfacing in the U.S. and our Titan product only for deep heating for the temporary relief of muscle aches and pains in the U.S. Therefore, we are prevented from promoting or advertising Titan and Pearl Fractional in the United States for any other indications. If we fail to comply with these regulations, it could result in enforcement action by the FDA which could lead to such consequences as warning letters, adverse publicity, criminal enforcement action and/or third-party civil litigation, each of which could adversely affect us.

We have obtained 510(k) clearance for the indications for which we market our products. However, our clearances can be revoked if safety or effectiveness problems develop. We also are subject to Medical Device Reporting regulations, which require us to report to the FDA if our products cause or contribute to a death or serious injury, or malfunction in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury. Our products are also subject to state regulations, which are, in many instances, frequently changing. Changes in state regulations may impede sales. For example, federal regulations allow our products to be sold to, or on the order of, “licensed practitioners,” as determined on a state-by-state basis. As a result, in some states, non-physicians may legally purchase our products. However, a state could change its regulations at any time, thereby disallowing sales to particular types of end users. We cannot predict the impact or effect of future legislation or regulations at the federal or state levels.

Thea device. It is impossible to predict whether legislative changes will be enacted or FDA state authoritiesregulations, guidance or interpretations changed, and international regulatory bodies have broad enforcement powers. If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in enforcement actionwhat the impact of such changes, if any, may be.

In addition, FDA regulations and guidance are often revised or reinterpreted by the agency in ways that may significantly affect our business and our products. Changes in FDA state agenciesregulations may lengthen the regulatory approval process for medical devices and require additional clinical data to support regulatory clearance for the sale and marketing of our new products. In addition, it may require additional safety monitoring, labeling changes, restrictions on product distribution or international regulatory bodies.

The FDA, state authorities and international regulatory bodies have broad enforcement powers. For example, in July 2012, we received a warning letter fromuse, or other measures after the FDA concerning the labeling language for oneintroduction of our products on our U.S. website. The FDA determined that some of the claims, such as the one related to Skin Rejuvenation, constituted Indications for Use and were subject to 510(k) clearance. We are actively working with the FDA to reach an agreement on the appropriate labeling language for use on our U.S. website. Depending on the final labeling approved by the FDA, any changes made to our marketing material may adversely impact sales of some of our products.
If we fail to comply with any of the applicable regulatory requirements of the FDA, or state, or one of the international regulatory bodies, it could result in enforcement action by the agencies, which may include any of the following sanctions:
·Warning letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees and civil penalties;
·Repair, replacement, recall or seizure of our products;
·Operating restrictions or partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
·Refusing our requests for 510(k) clearance or pre-market approval of new products, new intended uses, or modifications to existing products;
·Withdrawing 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals that have already been granted; and
·Criminal prosecution.

If anymarket. Either of these events werechanges lengthen the duration to occur, it could harmmarket, increase our business.
costs of doing business, adversely affect the future permitted uses of approved products, or otherwise adversely affect the market for our products.

If we fail to comply with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation and laser performance standards, our manufacturing operations could be halted, and our business would suffer.

We are currently required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation or QSR.(the “QSR”). The QSR is a complex regulatory scheme that covers the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of our products. Because our products involve the use of lasers, our products also are covered by a performance standard for lasers set forth in FDA regulations. The laser performance standard imposes specific record-keeping, reporting, product testing and product labeling requirements. These requirements include affixing warning labels to laser products, as well as incorporating certain safety features in the design of laser products.

The FDA enforces the QSR and laser performance standards through periodic unannounced inspections. We have had a fullmultiple quality system auditaudits by the FDA, our Notified Body, and other foreign regulatory agencies, with the most recent inspection by the FDA occurring over three weeks in 2008 and an FDA audit of compliance with laser performance standards in 2010 and a full quality system audit plus laser performance standard audit in August 2011 and a full quality system audit in October 2012.March 2014. There were no significant findings and only one observation as a result of these audits and our responses have beenthis audit. Our response to this observation was accepted by the FDA. Our failureFailure to take satisfactory corrective action in response to an adverse QSR inspection or our failure to comply with applicable laser performance standards could result in enforcement actions, including a public warning letter, a shutdown of our manufacturing operations, a recall of our products, civil or criminal penalties, or other sanctions, such as those described in the preceding paragraph, which would cause our sales and business to suffer.

If we modify one of our FDA-approved devices, we may need to seek re-approval, which, if not granted, would prevent us from selling our modified products or cause us to redesign our products.

Any modifications to an FDA-cleared device that would significantly affect its safety or effectiveness or that would constitute a major change in its intended use would require a new 510(k) clearance or possibly a pre-market approval. For example, we designed a larger 40cm2 hand piece for our truSculpt product and had to get that approved by the FDA before we could market it, which approval was received in January 2012. We may not be able to obtain additional 510(k) clearance or pre-market approvals for new products or for modifications to, or additional indications for, our existing products in a timely fashion, or at all. Delays in obtaining future clearance would adversely affect our ability to introduce new or enhanced products in a timely manner, which in turn would harm our revenue and future profitability.

We have made modifications to our devices in the past and may make additional modifications in the future that we believe do not or will not require additional clearance or approvals. If the FDA disagrees, and requires new clearances or approvals for the modifications, we may be required to recall and to stop marketing the modified devices, which could harm our operating results and require us to redesign our products.

We may be unable to obtain or maintain international regulatory qualifications or approvals for our current or future products and indications, which could harm our business.

Sales of our products outside the United StatesU.S. are subject to foreign regulatory requirements that vary widely from country to country. In addition, exports of medical devices from the United StatesU.S. are regulated by the FDA. Complying with international regulatory requirements can be an expensive and time-consuming process and approval is not certain. The time required for obtaining clearance or approvals, if required by other countries, may be longer than that required for FDA clearance or approvals, and requirements for such clearances or approvals may significantly differ from FDA requirements. We may be unable to obtain or maintain regulatory qualifications, clearances or approvals in other countries. We may also incur significant costs in attempting to obtain and in maintaining foreign regulatory approvals or qualifications. If we experience delays in receiving necessary qualifications, clearances or approvals to market our products outside the United States,U.S., or if we fail to receive those qualifications, clearances or approvals, we may be unable to market our products or enhancements in international markets effectively, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and growth strategy.

Any defects in the design, material or workmanship of our products may not be discovered prior to shipment to customers, which could materially increase our expenses, adversely impact profitability and harm our business.

The design of our products is complex. To manufacture them successfully, we must procure quality components and employ individuals with a significant degree of technical expertise. If our designs are defective, or the material components used in our products are subject to wearing out, or if suppliers fail to deliver components to specification, or if our employees fail to properly assemble, test and package our products, the reliability and performance of our products will be adversely impacted.

If our products contain defects that cannot be repaired easily, inexpensively, or on a timely basis, we may experience:

Damage to our brand reputation;

Loss of customer orders and delay in order fulfillment;

Increased costs due to product repair or replacement;

Inability to attract new customers;

Diversion of resources from our manufacturing and research and development departments into our service department; and

Legal action.

The occurrence of any one or more of the foregoing could materially increase expenses, adversely impact profitability and harm our business.

We depend on skilled and experienced personnel to operate our business effectively. If we are unable to recruit, hire, train and retain these employees, our ability to manage and expand our business will be harmed, which would impair our future revenue and profitability.

Our success largely depends on the skills, experience and efforts of our officers and other key employees. Except for Change of Control and Severance Agreements for our executive officers and a few key employees, we do not have employment contracts with any of our officers or other key employees. Any of our officers and other key employees may terminate their employment at any time. We do not have a succession plan in place for each of our officers and key employees. In addition, we do not maintain “key person” life insurance policies covering any of our employees. The loss of any of our senior management team members could weaken our management expertise and harm our business.

Our ability to retain our skilled labor force and our success in attracting and hiring new skilled employees are critical factors in determining whether we will be successful in the future. We may not be able to meet our future hiring needs or retain existing personnel. The staff we hire to perform administrative functions may become stretched due to our increased growth and they may not be able to perform their jobs effectively or efficiently as a result.

We may face particularly significant challenges and risks in hiring, training, managing and retaining engineering and sales and marketing employees. Failure to attract, train and retain personnel, particularly technical and sales and marketing personnel, would materially harm our ability to compete effectively and grow our business.

Product liability suits could be brought against us due to a defective design, material or workmanship or misuse of our products and could result in expensive and time-consuming litigation, payment of substantial damages and an increase in our insurance rates.

If our products are defectively designed, manufactured or labeled, contain defective components or are misused, we may become subject to substantial and costly litigation by our customers or their patients. Misusing our products or failing to adhere to operating guidelines could cause significant eye and skin damage, and underlying tissue damage. In addition, if our operating guidelines are found to be inadequate, we may be subject to liability. We have been involved, and may in the future be involved, in litigation related to the use of our products. Product liability claims could divert management’s attention from our core business, be expensive to defend and result in sizable damage awards against us. We may not have sufficient insurance coverage for all future claims. We may not be able to obtain insurance in amounts or scope sufficient to provide us with adequate coverage against all potential liabilities. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could increase our product liability insurance rates or prevent us from securing continuing coverage, could harm our reputation in the industry and could reduce product sales. In addition, we historically experienced steep increases in our product liability insurance premiums as a percentage of revenue. If our premiums continue to rise, we may no longer be able to afford adequate insurance coverage.

If customers are not trained and / and/or our products are used by non-physicians, it could result in product misuse and adverse treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation, result in product liability litigation, distract management, result in additional costs, all of which could harm our business.

Because we do not require training for users of our products, and sell our products at times to non-physicians, there exists an increased potential for misuse of our products, which could harm our reputation and our business. U.S. federal regulations allow us to sell our products to or on the order of “licensed practitioners.” The definition of “licensed practitioners” varies from state to state. As a result, our products may be purchased or operated by physicians with varying levels of training, and in many states, by non-physicians, including nurse practitioners, chiropractors and technicians. Outside the United States,U.S., many jurisdictions do not require specific qualifications or training for purchasers or operators of our products. We do not supervise the procedures performed with our products, nor do we require that direct medical supervision occur. We and our distributors generally offer but do not require product training to the purchasers or operators of our products. In addition, we sometimes sell our systems to companies that rent our systems to third parties and that provide a technician to perform the procedures. The lack of training and the purchase and use of our products by non-physicians may result in product misuse and adverse treatment outcomes, which could harm our reputation and our business, and, in the event these result in product liability litigation, distract management and subject us to liability, including legal expenses.

In 2010 and 2011the past we entered into strategic alliances to distribute third party products internationally. To successfully market and sell these products, we must address many issues that are unique to these businesses and could reduce our available cash reserves and negatively impact our profitability.

In 2010 and 2011,the past we entered into distribution arrangements pursuant to which we utilize our sales force and distributors to sell products manufactured by other companies. Commencing in the fourth quarter of 2011,In Japan, we beganhave a non-exclusive right to distribute in Japan a Q-switched laser product manufactured by a third party OEM. In the first quarter of 2010, we entered intoWe also have an exclusive agreement with ObagiZO to distribute certain of their proprietary cosmeceuticals, or skin careskincare products, in Japan. This agreementEach of these agreements requires us to purchase annual minimum dollar amounts of their product. If we do not make these minimum purchases, we could lose exclusivity for distributing Obagidistribution rights of these products to physicians in Japan. Finally, we also havehad an agreement with Merz Aesthetics to distribute its Radiesse®Radiesse dermal filler product in Japan.

2014.

Each of these distribution agreements presents its own unique risks and challenges. For example, to sell skincare products in partnership with Obagi we need to invest in creating a sales structure that is experienced in the sale of cosmeceuticalsthese products and not in capital equipment. We need to commit resources to training this sales force, obtaining regulatory licenses in Japan and developing new marketing materials to promote the sale of Obagiskincare products. For each of these distribution arrangements, until we can develop our own experienced sales force, we may need to pay third party distributors to sell the products which will result in higher fees and lower margins than if we sell direct to customers. In addition, the minimum commitments and other costs of distributing products manufactured by these companies may exceed the incremental revenue that we derive from the sale of their products thereby negatively impacting our profitability and reducing our available cash reserves and negatively impacting our profitability.

We cannot provide any assurances that we will realize the anticipated benefits from the Iridex aesthetic acquisition or that we will not have to record an impairment charge with respect to the intangible assets related to this acquisition.
On February 2, 2012, we completed the acquisition of certain assets of IRIDEX Corporation’s global aesthetic business. This acquisition was considered a business combination for accounting purposes, and as such, in addition to valuing all the assets, we recorded goodwill associated with the expected synergies from leveraging the customer relationships and integrating new product offerings into our business in the future. At December 31, 2012, we have net intangible assets of $2.3 million and $1.3 million of goodwill. While the integration of the operations, service business and the VariLite product has been completed, we cannot provide any assurances that we will ultimately realize the anticipated benefits from this acquisition.
Identifiable intangible assets and goodwill are subject to impairment testing and are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that such assets may not be recoverable at their carrying value. We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of the identifiable intangibles based on future estimated undiscounted cash flows. If the future estimated undiscounted cash flows or the significant operating assumptions upon which they are based, change in the future, we may be required to recognize an impairment charge in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets.
Should conditions and estimates used for recording the identifiable intangibles and goodwill be different from management’s original estimates, material write-downs of long-lived assets and / or goodwill may be required, which would adversely affect our operating results and could negatively impact our stock price.
reserves.

Adverse conditions in the global banking industry and credit markets may adversely impact the value of our marketable investments or impair our liquidity.

We invest our excess cash primarily in money market funds and in highly liquid debt instruments of the U.S. government and its agencies and U.S. municipalities, in commercial paper and high grade corporate debt. As of December 31, 2012,2015, our balance in marketable investments was $62$38 million. The longer the duration of a security, the more susceptible it is to changes in market interest rates and bond yields. As yields increase, those securities with a lower yield-at-cost show a mark-to-market unrealized loss. For example, assuming a hypothetical increase in interest rates of one percentage point, the fair value of our total investment portfolio as of December 31, 20122015 would have potentially decreased by approximately $745,000,$242,000, resulting in an unrealized loss that would subsequently adversely impact our earnings. As a result, changes in the market interest rates will affect our future net income (loss).

The price of our common stock may fluctuate substantially due to several factors, some of which are discussed below. Further, we have a limited number of shares of common stock outstanding, a large portion of which is held by a small number of investors, which could result in the increase in volatility of our stock price.

As of February 19, 2013,December 31, 2015, approximately 39%52% of our outstanding shares of common stock were held by 10 institutional investors. As a result of our relatively small public float, our common stock may be less liquid than the stock of companies with broader public ownership. Among other things, trading of a relatively small volume of our common stock may have a greater impact on the trading price for our shares than would be the case if our public float were larger. The public market price of our common stock has in the past fluctuated substantially and, due to the current concentration of stockholders, it may continue to do so in the future. The market price for our common stock could also be affected by a number of other factors, including:

 ·

Litigation surrounding executive compensation has increased with the passage of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.increased. If we are involved in a lawsuit related to compensation matters or any other matters not covered by our D&O insurance, there could be material expenses involved, fines, or remedial actions which could negatively affect our stock price;

 ·

The general market conditions unrelated to our operating performance;

 ·

Sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and our large institutional investors;

 ·

Quarterly variations in our, or our competitors’, results of operations;

 ·

Changes in analysts’ estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’ estimates;

 ·

The announcement of new products or service enhancements by us or our competitors;

 ·

The announcement of the departure of a key employee or executive officer by us or our competitor;competitors;

 ·

Regulatory developments or delays concerning our, or our competitors’ products; and

 ·

The initiation of any other litigation by us or against us.


Actual or perceived instability and / or volatility in our stock price could reduce demand from potential buyers of our stock, thereby causing our stock price to either remain depressed or to decline further.

We may be involved in future costly intellectual property litigation, which could impact our future business and financial performance.
Our competitors or other patent holders may assert that our present or future products and the methods we employ are covered by their patents. In addition, we do not know whether our competitors own or will obtain patents that they may claim prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, sell or import our products. Although we may seek to resolve any potential future claims or actions, we may not be able to do so on reasonable terms, or at all. If, following a successful third-party action for infringement, we cannot obtain a license or redesign our products, we may have to stop manufacturing and selling the applicable products and our business would suffer as a result. In addition, a court could require us to pay substantial damages, and prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may become involved in litigation not only as a result of alleged infringement of a third party’s intellectual property rights but also to protect our own intellectual property. For example, we have been, and may hereafter become, involved in litigation to protect the trademark rights associated with our company name or the names of our products. Infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to litigate, and could divert management’s attention from our core business.
Any acquisitions that we make could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.
From time to time we evaluate potential strategic acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies. We may also consider joint ventures and other collaborative projects. We may not be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates or strategic partners, or successfully negotiate, finance or integrate any businesses, products or technologies that we acquire. Furthermore, the integration of any acquisition and management of any collaborative project may divert management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt our operations and we may incur significant legal, accounting and banking fees in connection with such a transaction. In addition, if we purchase a company that is not profitable, our cash balances may be reduced or depleted. We have limited experience as a team with acquiring companies and products. If we decide to expand our product offerings beyond laser and other energy-based products, we may spend time and money on projects that do not increase our revenue. Any cash acquisition we pursue would diminish our available cash balances to us for other uses, and any stock acquisition could be dilutive to our stockholders.
While we from time to time evaluate potential acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, and anticipate continuing to make these evaluations, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any material acquisitions or collaborative projects.

Our manufacturing operations are dependent upon third-party suppliers, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price fluctuations, which could harm our business.

Many of the components and materials that comprise our products are currently manufactured by a limited number of suppliers. A supply interruption or an increase in demand beyond our current suppliers’ capabilities could harm our ability to manufacture our products until a new source of supply is identified and qualified. Our reliance on these suppliers subjects us to a number of risks that could harm our business, including:

 ·

Interruption of supply resulting from modifications to or discontinuation of a supplier’s operations;

 ·

Delays in product shipments resulting from uncorrected defects, reliability issues or a supplier’s variation in a component;

 ·

A lack of long-term supply arrangements for key components with our suppliers;

 ·

Inability to obtain adequate supply in a timely manner, or on reasonable terms;

 ·

Inability to redesign one or more components in our systems in the event that a supplier discontinues manufacturing such components and we are unable to source it from other suppliers on reasonable terms;

 ·

Difficulty locating and qualifying alternative suppliers for our components in a timely manner;

 ·

Production delays related to the evaluation and testing of products from alternative suppliers and corresponding regulatory qualifications; and

 ·

Delay in supplier deliveries.


Any interruption in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain substitute components or materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner, could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

Intellectual property rights may not provide adequate protection for some or all of our products, which may permit third parties tocompete against us more effectively.

We rely on patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements to protect our technology and products. At December 31, 2012,2015, we had 2434 issued U.S. patents. Some of our components, such as our laser module, electronic control system and high-voltage electronics, are not, and in the future may not be, protected by patents. Additionally, our patent applications may not issue as patents or, if issued, may not issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. Any patents we obtain may be challenged, invalidated or legally circumvented by third parties. Consequently, competitors could market products and use manufacturing processes that are substantially similar to, or superior to, ours. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or other trade secrets by consultants, vendors, former employees or current employees, despite the existence generally of confidentiality agreements and other contractual restrictions. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures of our intellectual property is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be effective. Moreover, the laws of many foreign countries will not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

U.S.

The absence of complete intellectual property protection exposes us to a greater risk of direct competition. Competitors could purchase one of our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, design around our protected technology, or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If our intellectual property is not adequately protected against competitors’ products and methods, our competitive position and our business could be adversely affected.

We may be involved in future costly intellectual property litigation, which could impact our future business and financial performance.

Our competitors or other patent holders may assert that our present or future products and the methods we employ are covered by their patents. In addition, we do not know whether our competitors own or will obtain patents that they may claim prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, sell or import our products. Although we may seek to resolve any potential future claims or actions, we may not be able to do so on reasonable terms, or at all. If, following a successful third-party action for infringement, we cannot obtain a license or redesign our products, we may have to stop manufacturing and selling the applicable products and our business would suffer as a result. In addition, a court could require us to pay substantial damages, and prohibit us from using technologies essential to our products, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We may become involved in litigation not only as a result of alleged infringement of a third party’s intellectual property rights but also to protect our own intellectual property. For example, we have been, and may hereafter become, involved in litigation to protect the trademark rights associated with our company name or the names of our products. Infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, can be expensive and time-consuming to litigate, and could divert management’s attention from our core business.

We offer credit terms to some qualified customers and also to leasing companies to finance the purchase of our products. In the event that any of these customers default on the amounts payable to us, our earnings may be adversely affected.

While we qualify customers to whom we offer credit terms (generally net 30 to 90 days), we cannot provide any assurance that the financial position of these customers will not change adversely before we receive payment. For example, as of December 31, 2015, one distributor partner accounted for 10% of our outstanding accounts receivable balance. Our general and administrative expenses and earnings are negatively impacted by customer defaults and cause an increase in the allowance for doubtful accounts. In the event that there is a default by any customers to whom we have provided credit terms in the future, we may recognize a bad debt charge in our general and administrative expenses and this could negatively affect our earnings and results of operations.

We are subject to fluctuations in the exchange rate of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.
As a result of recent fluctuations in currency markets and the strong dollar relative to many other major currencies, our products priced in U.S. dollars may be cheaper or more expensive relative to products of our foreign competitors, which could result in volatility in our revenue. We do not actively hedge our exposure to currency rate fluctuations. While we transact business primarily in U.S. Dollars, and a significant proportion of our revenue is denominated in U.S. Dollars, a portion of our costs and revenue is denominated in other currencies, such as the Euro, Japanese Yen, Australian Dollar, and Canadian Dollar. As a result, changes in the exchange rates of these currencies to the U.S. Dollar will affect our results from operations.
The expense and potential unavailability of insurance coverage for our customers could adversely affect our ability to sell our products, and therefore adversely affect our financial condition.

Some of our customers and prospective customers have had difficulty in procuring or maintaining liability insurance to cover their operation and use of our products. Medical malpractice carriers are withdrawing coverage in certain states or substantially increasing premiums. If this trend continues or worsens, our customers may discontinue using our products and potential customers may opt against purchasing laser and light based products due to the cost or inability to procure insurance coverage. The unavailability of insurance coverage for our customers and prospects could adversely affect our ability to sell our products, and that could harm our financial condition.

Healthcare reform legislationmay have an adverseeffect on our profitability and financial condition.

In December 2009, the President and members of Congress passed legislation relating to healthcare reform. Procedures performed by our products are not reimbursed by insurance companies or federal or state governments and as a result this legislation had a limited impact on our business. Medical device manufacturers were required to pay an excise tax of 2.3% on certain U.S. medical device revenues on sales after January 1, 2013. Though there were some exceptions to the excise tax, this excise tax did apply to all or most of our products sold within the U.S. In December 2015, President Obama signed into law the Consolidated Appropriations Act (“Appropriations Act”). The Appropriations Act includes a two-year moratorium on the medical device excise tax such that medical device revenues in 2016 and 2017 will be exempt from the excise tax. Unless there is further legislative action during that two-year period, the tax will be automatically reinstated for sales of medical devices on or after January 1, 2018 and will have an adverse effect on our operating profitability and financial conditions in 2018 and beyond.

Our ability to use net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards to offset future tax liabilities may be limited.

As of December 31, 2015, we had cumulative net operating loss carry-forwards(“NOLs”) for federal and state income tax reporting purposes of approximately $41.8 million and $11.2 million, respectively, and research and development tax credits(“R&D tax credits”) for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $4.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively. A lack of future taxable income would adversely affect our ability to utilize these NOLs and R&D tax credit carryforwards. In addition, under Section 382 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, a corporation that experiences a more-than 50% ownership change over a three-year testing period is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs and R&D tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income. We have not conducted a study to-date to assess whether a limitation would apply under Section 382 of the Code. In the event it is determined that we previously experienced an ownership change, or should we experience an ownership change in the future, the amount of NOLs and R&D tax credit carryovers available in any taxable year, could be limited and may expire unutilized, and any such adjustment is not reflected in the NOL and R&D tax credits balances reported.

From time to time we may become subject to income tax audits or similar proceedings, and as a result we may incur additional costs and expenses or owe additional taxes, interest and penalties that may negatively impact our operating results.

We are subject to income taxes in the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions where we operate through a subsidiary including Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain, Switzerland and the United Kingdom. Our determination of our tax liability is subject to review by applicable domestic and foreign tax authorities.

In July 2015, our Japan subsidiary underwent an income tax audit for the years 2012 to 2014. Although this audit resulted in a minimal adjustment, the final timing and resolution of any tax examinations are subject to significant uncertainty and could result in our having to pay amounts to the applicable tax authority in order to resolve examination of our tax positions, which could result in an increase or decrease of our current estimate of unrecognized tax benefits and may negatively impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Any acquisitions that we make could result in operating difficulties, dilution, and other consequences that may adversely impact our business and results of operations.

While we from time to time evaluate potential acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, and anticipate continuing to make these evaluations, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any material acquisitions or collaborative projects We may not be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates or strategic partners, or successfully negotiate, finance or integrate any businesses, products or technologies that we acquire.

We have limited experience as a team with acquiring companies and products. Furthermore, the integration of any acquisition and management of any collaborative project may divert management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt our operations and we may incur significant legal, accounting and banking fees in connection with such a transaction. Acquisitions could diminish our available cash balances for other uses, result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, or amortization expenses, and restructuring charges. Also, the anticipated benefits or value of our acquisitions or investments may not materialize and could result in an impairment of goodwill and/or purchased long-lived assets, similar to the $650,000 charge we recorded in the fourth quarter of 2014 related to an acquisition completed in 2012.

Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our past or future acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such acquisitions or investments, incur unanticipated liabilities, and harm our business and our financial condition or results.

Anti-takeover provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware law, contain provisions that could discourage a takeover.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, and Delaware law, contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover, and might make it more difficult for an investor to acquire a substantial block of our common stock. These provisions include:

 ·

A classified board of directors;

 ·

Advance notice requirements to stockholders for matters to be brought at stockholder meetings;

 ·

Limitations on stockholder actions by written consent; and

 ·

The right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer.


These provisions, as well as Change of Control and Severance Agreements entered into with each of our executive officers and onecertain key employee,employees, might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our management. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVEDUNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS


Not applicable.


ITEM 2.

PROPERTIESPROPERTIES


Our corporate headquarters and U.S. operations are located in an approximately 66,000 square foot facility in Brisbane, California. We lease these premises under a non-cancelable operating lease which expires on December 31, 2017. In addition, we have leased office facilities in certain countries as follows:

Country

Country

Square Footage

Lease termination or Expiration

Japan

Japan

Approximately 5,8785,896

Two leases, one of which expires in December 2013March 2018 and one which expires in

 March 2015.
December 2017.

France

France

Approximately 2,239

One lease which expires in October 2021 but can be terminated with six months’

notice prior to October 2015 and 2018.


We believe that these facilities are suitable and adequate for our current and future needs for at least the next twelve months.

ITEM 3.

LEGALLEGAL PROCEEDINGS


We arewere not a party to any pending litigation that we believe will have a material impact to our results of operations.

operations as of December 31, 2015.

On February 11, 2016, Kendall Jenner and Kendall Jenner Inc. (“Plaintiffs”), filed a lawsuit against the Company in the U.S. District Court, Central District of California, alleging trademark infringement, false endorsement and violation of Jenner’s right of publicity. The claims arise out of alleged advertising referring to news articles describing Jenner’s blog posting regarding her use of our Laser Genesis treatment for her acne. In their complaint, the Plaintiffs state that they are seeking “at least $10 million” in compensatory damages and reasonable costs and attorney’s fees. We are presently investigating the matter and intend to defend the matter vigorously. While we believe we have meritorious defenses to the matter, the potential outcome of this litigation, or its impact on us, cannot be predicted at this time.

ITEM 4.

MINEMINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES


Not applicable.

PART


PART II

ITEM 5.

MARKETMARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES


Stock Exchange Listing


Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CUTR.” As of February 28, 2013,29, 2016, the closing sale price of our common stock was $12.90$11.83 per share.


Common Stockholders


We had 109 stockholders of record as of February 28, 2013.29, 2016. Since many stockholders choose to hold their shares under the name of their brokerage firm, we believeestimate that the actual number of stockholders was approximately closer to 2,300over 2,000 shareholders.

Stock Prices


The following table sets forth quarterly high and low closing sales prices of our common stock for the indicated fiscal periods:

  

Common Stock

 
  

2015

  

2014

 
  

High

  

Low

  

High

  

Low

 

4th Quarter

 $14.52  $11.99  $11.04  $9.66 

3rd Quarter

  15.60   13.07   10.75   9.27 

2nd Quarter

  15.98   12.87   11.73   9.25 

1st Quarter

  14.26   10.86   11.24   9.00 

 
 Common Stock 
 2012 2011 
 High Low High Low 
4th Quarter $9.77  $7.34  $7.93  $6.96 
3rd Quarter  7.60   6.46   8.74   7.03 
2nd Quarter  9.13   6.47   9.46   7.59 
1st Quarter  9.67   7.09   9.94   8.08 
29

Table Of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table summarizes the activity related to stock repurchases for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014(in thousands except per share data):

Period 

 

Total

Number
of Shares
Purchased

  

Average Price

Paid

per Share

  

Total

Number of
Shares

Purchased
as Part of

Publicly

Announced

Plans or

Programs

  

Approximate

Dollar Value

of Shares

That May Yet

Be Purchased

Under the

Plans

or Programs

 

January 1-December 31, 2014

    $     $10,000 

As of December 31, 2014

    $     $10,000 
Additional amount approved February 18, 1015    $     $40,000 

February18-28, 2015

  56  $12.85   56  $39,276 

March 1-31, 2015

  330  $13.55   330  $34,806 

April 1-30, 2015

  284  $13.57   284  $30,946 

May 1-31, 2015

  296  $14.38   296  $26,693 

June 1-30, 2015

  298  $14.75   298  $22,294 

July 1-31, 2015

  95  $14.94   95  $20,878 

August 1-31, 2015

  1,040  $14.41   1,040  $5,898 

September 1-30, 2015

  210  $14.44   210  $2,860 

October 1-31, 2015

  209  $13.70   209  $ 

As of December 31, 2015

  2,818  $14.19   2,818  $ 

As of January 1, 2014, there was $10.0 million authorized for the repurchase of our common stock under the Company’s Stock Repurchase Program. There were no repurchases of common stock in 2014. On February 18, 2015, our Board of Directors approved the expansion of our Stock Repurchase Program from $10 million to $40 million, under which we were authorized to repurchase shares of our common stock. In the year ended December 31, 2015, we repurchased 2,818,038 shares of our common stock for approximately $40.0 million.

On February 8, 2016, our Board of Directors approved the expansion of our Stock Repurchase Program by an additional $10 million. We plan to make the repurchases from time to time through open market transactions at prevailing prices and/ or through privately-negotiated transactions, and/ or through a pre-arranged Rule 10b5-1 trading plan.

Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered securities during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this Item regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Part III Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 Performance Graph


Below is a graph showing the cumulative total return to our stockholders during the period from December 31, 20072010 through December 31, 20122015 in comparison to the cumulative return on the NASDAQ Composite Index (U.S.) and the NASDAQ Medical Equipment Index during that same period.

 
30

Table Of Contents
 

 

The information under “Performance Graph” is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference in any filing of Cuteraour filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this 10-K and irrespective of any general incorporation language in those filings.

Dividend Policy

We have never paid a cash dividend and have no present intention to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain any future earnings for use in our business.

 
Sales of Unregistered Securities
31

Table Of Contents

We did not sell any unregistered securities during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this Item regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Part III Item 12 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

See Part III, Item 12 for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.

ITEM 6.

SELECTEDSELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


The table set forth below contains certain consolidated financial data for each of our last five fiscal years. ThisThe following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the detailed information, financial statements and related notes, as well as Management’sItem 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere herein.

Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing in Item 8 “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

2015

  

2014

  

2013

  

2012

  

2011

 

Net revenue

 $94,761  $78,138  $74,594  $77,277  $60,290 

Cost of revenue

  40,478   34,765   32,712   35,737   25,978 

Gross profit

  54,283   43,373   41,882   41,540   34,312 

Operating expenses:

                    

Sales and marketing

  35,942   32,246   27,984   28,664   25,499 

Research and development

  10,733   10,543   9,216   8,427   9,141 

General and administrative

  12,129   11,203   9,938   11,276   10,104 

Total operating expenses

  58,804   53,992   47,138   48,367   44,744 

Loss from operations

  (4,521

)

  (10,619

)

  (5,256

)

  (6,827

)

  (10,432

)

Interest and other income, net

  293   226   455   497   614 

Loss before income taxes

  (4,228

)

  (10,393

)

  (4,801

)

  (6,330

)

  (9,818

)

Income tax (benefit) provision

  212   219   (54

)

  218   243 

Net loss

 $(4,440

)

 $(10,612

)

 $(4,747

)

 $(6,548

)

 $(10,061

)

Net loss per share:

                    

Basic and diluted

 $(0.32

)

 $(0.74

)

 $(0.33

)

 $(0.46

)

 $(0.73

)

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:

                    

Basic and diluted

  13,960   14,254   14,421   14,089   13,807 

  

As of December 31,

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

 

2015

  

2014

  

2013

  

2012

  

2011

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments

 $48,407  $81,146  $83,073  $85,572  $88,686 

Long-term investments

              3,027 

Working capital (current assets less current liabilities)

  49,398   81,900   84,654   88,788   89,075 

Total assets

  77,518   108,913   108,669   112,794   111,353 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

  (29,672

)

  (25,232

)

  (14,620

)

  (9,873

)

  (3,325

)

Total stockholders’ equity

  50,034   80,508   84,265   90,774   91,567 

 
  Year Ended December 31,
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data (in thousands, except per share data): 2012  2011  2010  2009  2008
Net revenue $77,277  $60,290  $53,274  $53,682  $83,379 
Cost of revenue  35,737   25,978   23,058   21,759   32,358 
Gross profit  41,540   34,312   30,216   31,923   51,021 
Operating expenses:                    
Sales and marketing  28,664   25,499   24,735   24,286   35,354 
Research and development  8,427   9,141   7,004   6,810   7,550 
General and administrative  11,276   10,104   9,576   10,320   11,270 
Litigation settlement           850    
Total operating expenses  48,367   44,744   41,315   42,266   54,174 
Loss from operations  (6,827)  (10,432)  (11,099)  (10,343)  (3,153)
Interest and other income, net  497   614   583   1,572   3,046 
Other-than-temporary impairments of long-term investments              (3,554)
Loss before income taxes  (6,330)  (9,818)  (10,516)  (8,771)  (3,661)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes  218   243   2   8,908   (792)
Net Loss $(6,548) $(10,061) $(10,518) $(17,679) $(2,869)
Net Loss available to common stockholders used in basic net income per share $(6,548) $(10,061) $(10,518) $(17,679) $(2,869)
Net Loss per share:                    
Basic and diluted $(0.46) $(0.73) $(0.78) $(1.33) $(0.22)
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:                    
Basic and diluted  14,089   13,807   13,540   13,279   12,770 
32
  As of December 31, 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (in thousands): 2012  2011  2010  2009  2008 
Cash and cash equivalents $23,546  $14,020  $12,519  $22,829  $36,540 
Marketable investments  62,026   74,666   77,484   76,780   60,653 
Long-term investments     3,027   6,784   7,275   9,627 
Working capital (current assets less current liabilities)  88,788   89,075   90,339   96,015   101,644 
Total assets  112,794   111,353   111,805   121,352   137,476 
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)  (9,873)  (3,325)  6,736   17,254   31,410 
Total stockholders’ equity  90,774   91,567   95,417   100,853   112,108 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’SMANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


The following discussion should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal year endedDecember 31, 2012.2015. This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the following sections, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Throughout this Report, and particularly in this Item 7, the forward-looking statements are based upon our current expectations, estimates and projections and that reflect our beliefs and assumptions based upon information available to us at the date of this Report. In some cases, you can identify these statements by words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” and other similar terms. These forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to our future financial performance, the ability to grow our business, increase our revenue, manage expenses, generate additional cash, achieve and maintain profitability, develop and commercialize existing and new products and applications, improve the performance of our worldwide sales and distribution network, and to the outlook regarding long term prospects. We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this Form 10-K.


Some of the important factors that could cause our results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements, and a discussion of other risks and uncertainties, are discussed in Item 1A—Risk Factors commencing on page 17. 17. We encourage you to read that section carefully as well as other risks detailed from time to time in our filings with the SEC.


Introduction


The Management’s Discussion and Analysis, or MD&A, is organized as follows:

 ·

Executive Summary. This section provides a general description and history of our business, a brief discussion of our product lines and the opportunities, trends, challenges and risks we focus on in the operation of our business.

 ·

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates. This section describes the key accounting policies that are affected by critical accounting estimates.

 ·

Recent Accounting Guidance.This section describes the issuance and effect of new accounting pronouncements that are andor may be applicable to us.

 ·

Results of Operations. This section provides our analysis and outlook for the significant line items on our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 ·

Liquidity and Capital Resources. This section provides an analysis of our liquidity and cash flows, as well as a discussion of our commitments that existed as of December 31, 2012.2015.


Executive Summary


Company Description.

We are a globalleading medical device company specializing in the design,research, development, manufacture, marketing and servicing of laser and other energy-based aesthetics systems for practitioners worldwide. We offer easy-to-use products based on eight platforms — CoolGlide®, Xeo®, Solera®, GenesisPlusTM, ExcelVTM, myQTM, VariLiteTM and truSculptTM— each of which enablesenable physicians and other qualified practitioners to perform safe and effective aesthetic procedures, for their customers. The Xeoincluding treatment of vascular conditions and Soleraremoval of benign pigmented lesions, hair-removal, skin rejuvenation, body contouring, skin resurfacing, tattoo removal and toenail fungus. Our platforms offer multipleare designed to be easily upgraded to add additional applications and hand pieces, and applications, which allowprovide flexibility for our customers to upgradeas they expand their systems, which we treat as Upgrade revenue.practices. In addition to systems and upgrade revenue, we generate revenue from the sale of post warranty service contracts, providing services for products that are out of warranty, Titan and truSculpt hand piece refills, and third-party manufactured skincare products. In the second quarter of 2014, we terminated our agreement with Merz for the distribution of itsRadiessedermal fillers and cosmeceuticals. In February 2012, we acquired certain assets of IRIDEX Corporation’s global aesthetic business and added their VariLite product and their service business into our operations.filler product.

Our corporate headquarters and U.S. operations are located in Brisbane, California, from where we conduct our manufacturing, warehousing, research and development, regulatory, sales and marketing, service, and administrative activities. In the United States, weWe market, sell and service our products through direct sales and service employees in the U.S., Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain and a distribution relationship with PSS World Medical Shared Services, Inc. (“PSS”), a wholly owned subsidiarySwitzerland. Sales and Service outside of PSS World Medical which has over 700 sales representatives serving physician offices throughout the United States. We also sell certain items such as our Titan hand piece refills and marketing brochures online.

International salesthese direct markets are generally made through direct sales employees and a worldwide distributor network in over 6040 countries. OutsideAs of the United States,December 31, 2015, we havehad a U.S. direct sales force of 34 employees and a direct international sales presence in Australia, Canada, France and Japan.
force of 32 employees.

 
32

Table of ContentsProducts Revenue.

Our Products. Our revenue is derived from the sale of Products, Upgrades, Service, Titan and truSculpt handHand piece refills, and Dermal fillers and cosmeceuticalSkincare products. Product revenue represents the sale of a system. A system consists of a console that incorporates a universal graphic user interface, a laser and/or other energy based module, control system software and high voltage electronics; as well as one or more hand pieces. However, depending on the application, the laser or other energy based module is sometimes contained in the hand piece such as with our Pearl and Pearl Fractional applications instead of within the console.

We offer our customers the ability to select the system that best fits their practice at the time of purchase and then to cost-effectively add applications to their system as their practice grows. This provides customers the flexibility to upgrade their systems whenever they want and provides us with a source of recurringadditional revenue, which we classifytreat as UpgradeProduct revenue. Service revenue relates to amortization of prepaid service contracts, direct billings for detachable hand piece replacements and revenue for parts and labor on out-of-warranty products.

For our Titan and truSculpt hand pieces, after a set number of treatments have been performed, the customer is required to send the hand piece back to the factory for refurbishment, which we refer to as ‘refilling’”refilling” the hand piece. Inpiece and is classified as Hand piece revenue.

Skincare revenue relates to the distribution of ZO’s skincare products in Japan, we distributeand through the second quarter of 2014, also included Merz Pharma GmbH’s (“Merz”) Radiesse®Radiesse dermal filler product;product.

Service Revenue.

Service revenue relates to amortization of prepaid service contracts, direct billings for detachable hand piece replacements and Obagi Medical Products, Inc.’s (“Obagi”) cosmeceuticalrevenue for parts and labor on out-of-warranty products.

Significant Business Trends. We believe that our ability to grow revenue will be primarily dependent on the following:

 ·

Continuing to expand our product offerings ─ both through internal development and sourcing from other vendors.

 ·

Ongoing investment in our global sales and marketing infrastructure.

 ·

Use of clinical results to support new aesthetic products and applications.

 ·

Enhanced luminary development and reference selling efforts (to develop a location where our products can be displayed and used to assist in selling efforts).

 ·

Customer demand for our products.

 ·

Strengthening against the U.S, dollar of key international currencies in which we transact (Australian Dollar, Japanese Yen, Euro, and British Pound).

Consumer demand for the application of our products.

 ·

Marketing to physicians in the core dermatology and plastic surgeon specialties, as well as outside those specialties.

 ·

Generating ongoing revenue from our growing installed base of customers through the sale of Service, Upgrade, Titan and truSculpt handsystem upgrades, Hand piece refills, and Dermal fillers and cosmeceuticalSkincare products.


Our U.S. revenue increased by 37% and our international revenue increased by 23% in 2012, compared to 2011. We believe the increase in U.S. revenues was attributable to several factors, including:

·Continued growth of ExcelV shipments, which began shipping in the second quarter of 2011.
·Commencement of truSculpt shipments in the third quarter of 2012.
·Incremental revenue from the Iridex aesthetic acquisition in February 2012.
·Expansion of our direct sales force in the United States.
·Improvements in the U.S. macroeconomic environment.

Our total international revenue increased by 23% in 2012, compared to 2011, and represented 59% of our total revenue. The international revenue growth was sourced primarily from Japan, France, and several of our international distributor countries. In Japan, our revenue increased by 19%, primarily as

For a result of Product sales and continued growth from our Dermal fillers and cosmeceuticals business.


Our gross margin declined to 54% in 2012, compared to 57% in 2011, which was attributable to several factors, including:

·A product mix shift towards lower margin products;
·An increase in Service revenue primarily as a result of the acquisition of the Iridex service business that has a lower margin than our blended margin; and
·An increase in sales through distributors, which typically has a lower margin than our direct revenue.

Our sales and marketing expenses increased to $28.7 million in 2012, compared with $25.5 million in 2011.  This increase was associated with higher personnel expenses and an increase in travel and entertainment expenses associated with the increase in revenue, along with increased product demonstration related expenses. As a percentage of net revenue, our 2012 sales and marketing expenses declined to 37%, compared to 42% in 2011, due to the higher revenue in 2012.

Our research and development, or R&D, expenses decreased to $8.4 million in 2012, compared with $9.1 million in 2011. This decrease was associated with reduced personnel expenses resulting primarily from lower headcount and a decrease in material spending due to the timing, complexity and material component costsdetailed discussion of the product being developed. As a percentagesignificant business trends impacting our business, please seeResults of net revenue, R&D expenses decreased to 11% in 2012, compared to 15% in 2011 due primarily to the higher revenue in 2012.
33

Operationsbelow.

Table of Contents


Our general and administrative, or G&A, expenses increased to $11.3 million in 2012, compared with $10.1 million in 2011. This increase was due primarily to approximately $527,000 of non-recurring integration expenses associated with the Iridex business acquisition, higher legal and accounting fees and increase personnel expenses, partially offset by a decrease in facility costs – associated with the relocation of one of our Japan offices and the closure of our Switzerland (in 2011) and Spanish offices (March 2012). As a percentage of net revenue, G&A expenses decreased to 15% in 2012, compared to 17% in 2011, due to the higher revenue in 2012.
Factors that May Impact Future Performance

Our industry is impacted by numerous competitive, regulatory and other significant factors. Our industry is highly competitive and our future performance depends on our ability to compete successfully. Additionally, our future performance is dependent upon our ability to continue to expand our product offerings with innovative technologies, obtain regulatory clearances for our products, protect the proprietary technology of our products and our manufacturing processes, manufacture our products cost-effectively, and successfully market and distribute our products in a profitable manner. If we fail to execute on the aforementioned initiatives, our business would be adversely affected. A detailed discussion of these and other factors that could impact our future performance are provided in Part I, Item 1A “Risk Factors.”


Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates


The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United StatesU.S. (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are based on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We periodically review our estimates and make adjustments when facts and circumstances dictate. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our financial condition or results of operations will be affected.


Critical accounting estimates, as defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require our management’s most difficult and subjective judgments and estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Our critical accounting estimates are as follows:

Revenue Recognition


We recognizeearn revenue from the sale of Products, Upgrades, Titan and truSculpt handHand piece refills, Skincare products and Dermal fillers and cosmeceuticalsService. We recognize revenue when title and risk of ownership has been transferred, provided that:

·Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;
·Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;
·The fee is fixed or determinable; and
·Collectability is reasonably assured.

Determination of whether persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and whether deliverytransfer of title to the customer has occurred, the sales price is fixed or services have been rendered, are based on management’s evaluation regardingdeterminable, and collectability is reasonably assured. We defer revenue in the fixed natureevent that any of these revenue recognition criteria is not met.

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists: We use customer purchase agreements or contracts, or customer purchase orders to determine the existence of an arrangement;

Transfer of title: Our standard terms generally specify that title transfers upon shipment to the customer. We generally use third party shipping documents and/or signed customer acknowledgements to verify that title has transferred. For service revenue, we use the date that services have been rendered;

Sales price is fixed or determinable: We assess whether the sales price is fixed or determinable at the time of the transaction. Sales prices are documented in the customer purchase agreement or purchase order received prior to shipment. Our standard terms do not allow for trial or evaluation periods, rights of return or refund, payments contingent upon the customer obtaining financing or other terms that could impact the customer's obligation; and

Collectability is reasonably assured: We assess whether collection is reasonably assured based on a number of factors, including receipt of cash or credit card payment, customer's past transaction history, credit worthiness, or the receipt of an irrevocable letter of credit.

Multiple-Element Arrangements

For Product revenue, all of the fee chargedtangible products, including the embedded software, are delivered to the customer at the time of sale. In some circumstances, in conjunction with the purchase of a system or upgrade, customers purchase service contracts for services rendered and productsone or more years to cover their products. For these transactions, the following multiple-element arrangement exists: a tangible product delivered andto the collectability of those fees. In instances where final acceptancecustomer at the inception of the product is specified byrevenue arrangement; and a service contract for delivery of services to the customer or collectability has not been reasonably assured, revenue is deferred untilover a contractually stated period of time defined in the later of meeting all acceptance criteria or the cash receipt.


We frequently enter into revenueservice contract.

For multiple-element arrangements, that contain multiple elements or deliverables such as system and services. Judgmentsjudgments are required as to the allocation of the proceeds received from an arrangement to the multiple elements of the arrangement. For multiple element arrangements entered into on or after January 1, 2010, we allocate revenue to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices. Because we have neither vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) nor third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) for our systems, the allocation of revenue has been based on our best estimate of selling prices (“BESP”). The objective of BESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. We determine BESP for our deliverables by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, features and functionality of the system, geographies, type of customer and market conditions.  Typically, for our sales transactions involving systems and services, we deliver all system components to the customer at the same time and we defer the revenue for any undelivered the service component of the arrangement.  

Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period of the applicable service contract. Service revenue, not under a service contract, is recognized as the services are provided.

Hand Piece Refills

When customers purchase a hand piece refill, we ship a previously refurbished unit and recognize revenue upon shipment. With respect to ourtruSculpt product, prior to the third quarter of 2013, we sold the system and hand piece and then charged the customer an incremental fee for any future refills and we treated the refills as a separate deliverable under FASB ASC 605-25. In addition, we also provided promotions that included an unlimited number of “free” hand piece replacements during a stated trial period of 3 months or 12 months. We determined that these free refills were an undelivered element under FASB ASC 605-25 in the original revenue transaction. As such, we deferred the relative fair value related to the estimated number of hand piece replacements to be delivered during the promotional period and recognized that deferred revenue over the free refills promotion period. Commencing with the third quarter of 2013, we included unlimited hand piece replacements in the truSculpt standard warranty contract and concluded that this no longer was a separate deliverable under the multiple-element arrangement revenue guidance. Following this change, we recognized the revenue under the warranty model, in which the revenue for the system sale was recognized up-front along with an estimate of the costs which will be incurred under the warranty obligation recorded in cost of revenue.

Shipping andHandlingCosts

We expense shipping and handling costs as incurred and include them in cost of revenue. In those cases where we bill shipping and handling costs to customers, we classify the amounts billed as revenue.


Stock-based Compensation Expense

Stock optionsStockOptions


We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the fair value recognition provisions of U.S. GAAP. WeTo value options, we use the Black-Scholes-MertonBlack-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions. These assumptions include:


 ·

Estimating the length of time employees will retain their vested stock options before exercising them (“expected term”);

 ·

Estimated volatility of our common stock price over the expected term;

 ·

Number of options that will ultimately not complete their vesting requirements (“forfeiture rate”); and

 ·

Expected risk-free interest rate and dividend rate over the expected term.


The assumptions for expected volatility and expected term are the two assumptions that significantly affect the grant date fair value.


The expected term represents the weighted-average period that our stock options are expected to be outstanding. The expected term is based on the observed and expected time to post-vesting exercise of options by employees. We use historical exercise patterns of previously granted options in relation to stock price movements to derive an employee behavioral pattern used to forecast expected exercise patterns.


We estimate volatility based on historical volatility and we also consider implied volatility when there is sufficient volume of freely traded options with comparable terms and exercise prices in the open market.


U.S. GAAP requires

Changes in expected risk-free interest rate and dividend rate do not significantly impact the calculation of fair value, and determining this input is not highly subjective.

Changes in the subjective assumptions of expected term, volatility and forfeiture rate can materially affect the estimate of fair value of stock-based compensation and, consequently, the related amount recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Restricted Stock Units

We grant restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards to our management employees, officers and directors. RSUs are measured based on the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant and the stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period. Shares are issued on the vesting dates net of the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements to be paid by us on behalf of our employees. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than the actual number of RSUs outstanding. Furthermore, we record the liability for withholding amounts to be paid by us as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

Performance Stock Units

Performance stock unit (“PSU”) awards are granted to our officers and other members of management. The final number of shares of common stock issuable at the end of the performance measurement period, subject to the recipient’s continued service through that date, is determined based on the degree of achievement of the performance goals. The fair value of PSUs that have operational goals is measured based on the market price of our stock on the date of grant, whereas PSUs with market-based measurement goals are measured using a Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model. The Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model uses the same input assumptions as the Black-Scholes model;however, it also further incorporates into the fair-value determination, the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied.

Stock-based compensation expense for PSUs with operational goals is recognized based on the expected degree of achievement of the performance goals over the vesting period. However, stock-based compensation expense for market-based PSU awards are recognized regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service has been provided.

On the vesting date of PSU awards, we issue fully-paid up common stock, net of the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements to be paid by us and record the liability for withholding amounts as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

ForfeitureRates

In accounting for share-based compensation expenses, we are required to develop an estimate of the number of share-based awards that will be forfeited due to employee turnover. Adjustments in the estimated forfeiture rates can have a significant effect on our reported share-based compensation, as we recognize the cumulative effect of the rate adjustments for all expense amortization in the period the estimated forfeiture rates were adjusted. We estimate and adjust forfeiture rates based on a periodic review of recent forfeiture activity and expected future employee turnover. If a revised forfeiture rate is higher than previously estimated forfeiture rate, we may make an adjustment that will result in a decrease to the expense recognized in the financial statements during the period when the rate was changed. Adjustments in the estimated forfeiture rates could also cause changes in the amount of expense that we recognize in future periods.


36

Table Of Contents
Changes in expected risk-free interest rate and dividend rate do not significantly impact the calculation of fair value, and determining this input is not highly subjective.

Changes in the subjective assumptions of expected term, volatility and forfeiture rate can materially affect the estimate of fair value of stock-based compensation and, consequently, the related amount recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Restricted Stock Units

We grant restricted stock unit (“RSU”) awards to our management employees, officers and directors. RSUs are measured based on the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant and the stock based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period using the straight-line method. Shares are issued on the vesting dates net of the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements to be paid by us on behalf of our employees. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than the actual number of RSUs outstanding. Furthermore, we record the liability for withholding amounts to be paid by us as a reduction to additional paid-in capital when paid.

Performance Stock Units

Performance stock unit (“PSU”) awards were granted in 2012 for the first time to our officers. PSUs are issued at target and the final award amount is determined at the end of the performance period, subject to the recipient’s continued service through that date. PSUs are measured based on the fair market value on the dates of grant of the target number of underlying shares. Stock based compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period using the straight-line method and the expected degree of achievement of the performance goals. At the vest date, we will issue fully-paid up common stock, net of the minimum statutory tax withholding requirements to be paid by us on behalf of our officers. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than the actual number of PSUs outstanding. Furthermore, we will record the liability for withholding amounts to be paid by us as a reduction to additional paid-in capital when paid.

Intangible Assets.


Assets

Our intangible assets include identifiable intangibles and goodwill. Identifiable intangibles include sub-licenses, rights acquired from a former distributor and those acquired in conjunction with an acquisition in 2012. All of our identifiable intangibles have finite lives.


In February 2012, we acquired the global aesthetic business unit of IRIDEX Corporation, which included various laser systems (such as theVariLite and Gemini)Gemini) and an installed base of customers, whose products are being serviced by us. This acquisition was considered a business combination for accounting purposes, and as such, in addition to valuing all the assets, we recorded goodwill associated with the expected synergies from leveraging the customer relationships and integrating new product offerings into our business. The fair values of the assets acquired were determined to be $4.8 million of net tangible and intangible assets and $1.3 million of goodwill.


Identifiable intangible assets with finite lives are subject to impairment testing and are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that such assets may not be recoverable at their carrying value. We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of these identifiable intangibles based on estimated undiscounted cash flows to be generated from such assets. If the cash flow estimates or the significant operating assumptions upon which they are based change in the future, we may be required to record additional impairment charges. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of long-lived assets may not be recoverable, we recognize such impairment in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets.


The valuation and classification of intangible assets and goodwill and the assignment of useful amortization lives for the intangible assets involves judgments and the use of estimates. The evaluation of these intangibles and goodwill for impairment under established accounting guidelines is required on a recurring basis. Changes in business conditions could potentially require future adjustments to asset valuations. WhenIf we determine that the remaining useful lives of assets are shorter than we had originally estimated, we accelerate the rate of amortization over the assets’ new, shorter useful lives. No impairment charge or accelerated amortization was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010. A considerable amount of judgment is required in assessing impairment, which includes financial forecasts. Should conditions be different from management’s current estimates, material write-downs of long-lived assets may be required, which would adversely affect our operating results.


As of December 31, 2015 we determined that there was no impairment to our long-lived assets. As of December 31, 2014, we evaluated the recoverability of our long-lived assets. Relating to the purchased intangible assets associated with the Iridex acquisition in 2012, due to the discontinuation of the manufacture and sale of all products acquired, reduction in projected future service revenue, and reduction in projected revenue expected from the distributor relationships acquired, we determined based on an undiscounted cash flow model that the remaining carrying value of these assets was impaired. Based on a discounted cash flow model, we measured the impairment of the purchased intangible assets and recorded an impairment charge of $650,000 in cost of revenue in the year ended December 31, 2014. There were no impairment charges or accelerated amortization recorded in the year ended December 31, 2013. Our valuation model relied on unobservable inputs, referred to as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy, that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant management judgment and included expected future cash flow streams as well as a market discount rate. Our valuation model is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict.

Valuation of Inventories


We state our inventories at the lower of cost or market, computed on a standard cost basis, which approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis and market being determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value. Standard costs are monitored and updated quarterly or as necessary, to reflect changes in raw material costs, labor to manufacture the product and overhead rates. We provide for excess and obsolete inventories when conditions indicate that the selling price could be less than cost due to physical deterioration, usage, obsolescence, reductions in estimated future demand and reductions in selling prices. Inventory provisions are measured as the difference between the cost of inventory and estimated market value and charged to cost of revenue to establish a lower cost basis for the inventories. We balance the need to maintain strategic inventory levels with the risk of obsolescence due to changing technology, timing of new product introductions and customer demand levels. Unfavorable changes in market conditions may result in a need for additional inventory provisions that could adversely impact our gross margins. Conversely, favorable changes in demand could result in higher gross margins when product that had previously been written offdown is sold.


Warranty Obligations


We provide a one-year standard warranty on all systems. WarrantyFor direct sales to end customers, warranty coverage provided is for labor and parts necessary to repair the systems during the warranty period. For sales to distributors, we provide a 14-month warranty for parts only. The distributor provides the labor to their end customer. Commencing with the third quarter of 2013, for sales of ourtruSculpt product, we included free hand piece refills during the warranty period.

We provide for the estimated future costs of warranty obligations in cost of revenue when the related revenue is recognized. The accrued warranty costs represent our best estimate at the time of sale, and as reviewed and updated quarterly, of the total costs that we expect to incur in repairingduring the warranty period to repair or replacingreplace product parts that fail, while still under warranty.including the refurbishment of anytruSculpt refills included as part of the original sale. Accrued warranty costs include costs of material, technical support, labor and associated overhead. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs obligation for established products is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures adjusted for current information on repair costs. Actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts. On a quarterly basis, we review the accrued balances of our warranty obligations and update based on historical warranty cost trends. If we were required to accrue additional warranty cost in the future due to actual product failure rates, material usage, service delivery costs or overhead costs differing from our estimates, revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required, which would negatively impact our operating results.


Provision for Income Taxes


We are subject to taxes on earnings in both the United StatesU.S. and various foreign jurisdictions. As a global taxpayer, significant judgments and estimates are required in evaluating our uncertain tax positions and determining our provision for income taxes on earnings. We perform a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit or the refinement of an estimate. To the extent that the final tax outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences will impact the provision for income taxes in the period in which such determination is made. The provision for income taxes includes the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate, as well as the related net interest.


Our effective tax rates have differed from the statutory rate primarily due to changes in the valuation allowance, foreign operations, research and development tax credits, state taxes, and certain benefits realized related to stock option activity. Our current effective tax rate does not assume U.S. taxes on undistributed profits of foreign subsidiaries. These earnings could become subject to incremental foreign withholding or U.S. federal and state taxes, should they either be deemed or actually remitted to the United States.U.S. The effective tax rate in 2015, 2014 and 2013 was approximately (3)(5)% in 2012,, (2)% in 2011,, and 0% in 2010.1%, respectively. Our future effective tax rates could be adversely affected by earnings being lower in countries where we have lower statutory rates and being higher in countries where we have higher statutory rates, or by changes in tax laws, accounting principles, interpretations thereof, net operating loss carryback, research and development tax credits, and due to changes in the valuation allowance of our U.S. deferred tax assets. In addition, we are subject to the examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes.


At December 31, 2012,2015, we had an aggregate of approximately $2.9$2.8 million of unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries that have been, or are intended to be, indefinitely reinvested for continued use in foreign operations. Depending on the timing and nature of the distribution, if the total undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries were remitted while the Company is able to utilize its net operating losses, it is likely there would be no material additional tax resulting from the distribution.


Our deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance reduces deferred tax assets to estimated realizable value, which assumes that it is more likely than not that we will be able to generate sufficient future taxable income in certain tax jurisdictions to realize the net carrying value. We have fully reserved our U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets due to our history of operating losses.


Litigation


We have been, and may in the future become, subject to legal proceedings related to securities litigation, intellectual property, product liability claims, contractual disputes, trademark and copyright, and other matters. Based on all available information at the balance sheet dates, we assess the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes for these matters, as well as potential ranges of probable loss. If losses are probable and reasonably estimable, we record an estimated liability.

Results of Operations


The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data expressed as a percentage of net revenue.

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 
             

Net revenue

  100

%

  100

%

  100

%

Cost of revenue

  43

%

  44

%

  44

%

Gross profit

  57

%

  56

%

  56

%

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

  38

%

  41

%

  38

%

Research and development

  11

%

  14

%

  12

%

General and administrative

  13

%

  14

%

  13

%

Total operating expenses

  62

%

  69

%

  63

%

Loss from operations

  (5

)%

  (13

)%

  (7

)%

Interest and other income, net

  

%

  

%

  1

%

Loss before income taxes

  (5

)%

  (13

)%

  (6

)%

Income tax (benefit) provision

  

%

  

%

  

%

Net loss

  (5

)%

  (13

)%

  (6

)%

 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
          
Net revenue  100%  100%  100%
Cost of revenue  46%  43%  43%
Gross profit  54%  57%  57%
Operating expenses:            
Sales and marketing  37%  42%  47%
Research and development  11%  15%  13%
General and administrative  15%  17%  18%
Total operating expenses  63%  74%  78%
Loss from operations  (9)%  (17)%  (21)%
Interest and other income, net  1%  1%  1%
Loss before income taxes  (8)%  (16)%  (20)%
Provision for income taxes  %  1%  %
Net loss  (8)%  (17)%  (20)%
39
Net Revenue

The following table sets forth selected consolidated revenue by major geographic area and product category with changes thereof.


  Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 2012  % Change  2011  % Change  2010 
Revenue mix by geography:               
United States $31,949   37% $23,313   21% $19,337 
Percent of total  41%      39%      36%
                     
Japan $17,826   19% $15,019   10% $13,625 
Asia, excluding Japan  8,902   79%  4,984   (3)%  5,131 
Europe  4,958   39%  3,571   (38)%  5,801 
Rest of the world  13,642   2%  13,403   43%  9,380 
Total international revenue  45,328   23%  36,977   9%  33,937 
Percent of total  59%      61%      64%
                     
Total consolidated revenue $77,277   28% $60,290   13% $53,274 
                     
Revenue mix by product category:                    
Products $46,762   39% $33,703   21% $27,808 
Upgrades  2,843   (19)%  3,505   (27)%  4,824 
Service  17,220   28%  13,411   1%  13,231 
Titan and truSculpt hand piece refills(1)
  4,807   3%  4,686   21%  3,863 
Dermal fillers and cosmeceuticals  5,645   13%  4,985   41%  3,548 
Total consolidated revenue $77,277   28% $60,290   13% $53,274 

(1)In the fourth quarter of 2012, we commenced shipments of our truSculpt hand piece refills.

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

  

% Change

  

2014

  

% Change

  

2013

 

Revenue mix by geography:

                    

United States

 $48,916   38

%

 $35,494   13

%

 $31,487 

Percent of total

  52

%

      45

%

      42

%

                     

Japan

 $11,504   (14

)%

 $13,328   (6

)%

 $14,205 

Asia, excluding Japan

  15,596   41

%

  11,023   (2

)%

  11,263 

Europe

  7,728   (1

)%

  7,792   6

%

  7,358 

Rest of the world

  11,017   5

%

  10,501   2

%

  10,281 

Total international revenue

  45,845   8

%

  42,644   (1

)%

  43,107 

Percent of total

  48

%

      55

%

      58

%

Total consolidated revenue

 $94,761   21

%

 $78,138   5

%

 $74,594 
                     

Revenue mix by product category:

                    

Product – North America

 $40,528   49

%

 $27,122   16

%

 $23,414 

Product – Rest of World

  30,695   18

%

  25,984   4

%

  24,960 

Total Product

  71,223   34

%

  53,106   10

%

  48,374 

Hand Piece Refills

  2,910   (22

)%

  3,714   (13

)%

  4,267 

Skincare

  2,889   (17

)%

  3,479   (18

)%

  4,264 

Service

  17,739   (1

)%

  17,839   1

%

  17,689 

Total consolidated revenue

 $94,761   21

%

 $78,138   5

%

 $74,594 

Revenue by Geography:


 In 2012 our net revenue increased by 28%, compared to 2011, and in 2011 it increased by 13%, compared to 2010.


Our U.S. revenue increased by 37%38% in 2012,2015, compared to 2011. We believe the2014. The increase in U.S. revenuesrevenue was primarily a result ofrevenue generated by our most recently introducedenlighten andexcel HR products, continued growth of ourexcel V,xeoandtruSculptproducts, partially offset by a declines in 2012, compared to 2011, was attributable to several factors, including:


·Continued growth of ExcelV shipments, which began shipping in the second quarter of 2011.
·Commencement of truSculpt shipments in the third quarter of 2012.
·Incremental revenue from the Iridex aesthetic acquisition in February 2012.
·Expansion of our direct sales force in the United States in 2012, compared to 2011.
·Improvements in the U.S. macroeconomic environment.

revenue from other legacy products.

Our U.S. revenue increased by 21%13% in 2011,2014, compared to 2010, which we believe2013. The increase in U.S. revenue was attributable to several factors, including:


·FDA clearance of our GenesisPlus system for onychomycosis, or toenail fungus, in April 2011.
·Commencement of ExcelV shipments in the second quarter of 2011.
·Effective U.S. sales management changes implemented in early 2011.

International revenues increasedprimarily a result ofrevenue generated by 23% in 2012, compared to 2011,our newly introducedenlighten and increased by 9% in 2011, compared to 2010. Theexcel HR products, continued growth in our international revenue in 2012 was derived from higherofexcel V product revenue, in Japan, France, severalpartially offset by reduced productivity of our international distributor countriesU.S. sales force, caused in part by field sales and by higher Dermal fillersmanagement turnover, and cosmeceuticals salesa decline in Japan. In 2011ourrevenue from ourxeo,GenesisPlus andtruSculpt products.

Our total international revenue increased by 9%,8% in 2015, compared to 2014, and represented 48% of our total revenue. The increase in international revenue was primarily a result of increases in our distributor business in Asia Pacific and Europe as well as our direct business in Australia. This was partially offset by a decline in our direct business in Japan and the negative impact associated with the appreciation of the U.S. Dollar against the Euro, Japanese Yen and the Australian Dollar.

Our total international revenue decreased by 1% in 2014, compared to 2013, and represented 55% of our total revenue. The decrease in international revenue was primarily a result of decreased revenue from Canada, the decline in 2014 of the Japanese Yen versus the U.S. Dollar compared to 2013, partially offset by growth being sourced primarilyin revenue from Australia Canada and Japan,the Benelux region.

Revenue by Product Category:

Our Product revenue increased by 34% in 2015, compared to 2014.This increase in Product revenue was primarily attributable to revenue generated by our most recently introducedenlightenandexcel HR products, the continued growth inexcel V sales and increases in sales oftruSculpt, partially offset by declines in Europe.

38

Table of Contentsour legacy products.

Revenue by Product Category:

Our productProduct revenue increased by 39%10% in 20122014, compared to 2013.This increase in Product revenue was primarily attributable to revenue generated by our newly introducedenlightenandexcel HR products and the continued growth inexcel V sales, partially offset by 21%declines in 2011,xeo, GenesisPlusandtruSculpt sales.

OurHand Piece Refills revenue decreased by 22% and 13% in 2015 and 2014, compared to the respective prior year periods. The 2012 increaseThese decreases were due primarily to declines in productTitan hand piece refill revenue was primarily attributable to the continued growth of ExcelV shipments, which began shipping in 2011, the commencement of truSculpt shipments in the third quarter of 2012 and incremental revenue from the Iridex aesthetic acquisition in February 2012. The 2011 increase in product revenue was primarily attributable to the U.S. FDA clearance of the GenesisPlus system for toenail fungus in April 2011 and the commencement of ExcelV shipments in the second quarter of 2011.caused by reduced utilization.


40

Table Of Contents
Upgrade revenue

Our Skincare business decreased by 19%17% and 18% in 20122015 and by 27% in 2011,2014, compared to the respective prior year periods. PriorThese decreases were primarily a result of the discontinuation of the distribution of the Merz Radiesse filler product in Japan in the second quarter of 2014. In addition, the continued devaluation of the Japanese Yen versus the U.S. Dollar by approximately 14% in 2015 and 9% in 2014, compared to 2009, we introduced new products that allowed existing customers to upgrade their previously purchased systems to obtain benefits from the additional capabilities, which droverespective prior year periods, had an adverse impact on our upgrade revenue. However, since 2008 we have not introduced any new products that our customers could purchase as an upgrade to their previously purchased system. Instead, we have launched new standalone products (GenesisPlus in 2010, ExcelV in 2011 and truSculpt in 2012), which has resulted in a decline of our upgrade

Our Service revenue since 2008.


Our service revenue increased by 28% in 2012 anddecreased by 1% in 2011,2015 and increased by 1% in 2014, compared to the respective prior year periods. The ratable recognition of service contract fees is the primary component of our serviceService revenue. The increase in 2012 was primarily the result of the Iridex business acquisition. The increase in 2011 was the result of higher international service revenue being partially offset by a decline in U.S. service revenue.

Our Titan and truSculpt hand piece refill revenue increased by 3% in 2012 and by 21% in 2011, compared to the respective prior year periods. The increase in 2012 was due primarily to the introduction of truSculpt refills in the fourth quarter of 2012. The increase in 2011 was due primarily to the partial recovery of our Titan refill revenue following the voluntary recall of our Titan XL hand piece commencing in the second quarter of 2010, in which we provided our eligible customers with a fully “refilled” Titan XL hand piece, which delayed their purchase of a refill.


Our Dermal filler and cosmeceutical business increased by 13% in 2012, compared to 2011, and by 41% in 2011 compared to 2010. This increase was due primarily to the higher number of customers purchasing Obagi products, which we began distributing in Japan in the first quarter of 2010, and due to the expansion of cosmeceutical product lines being distributed.


Gross Profit
 Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)2012  % Change 2011  % Change 2010 
Gross Profit $41,540   21% $34,312   14% $30,216 
As a percentage of total revenue  54%      57%      57%

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

  

% Change

  

2014

  

% Change

  

2013

 

Gross Profit

 $54,283   25

%

 $43,373   4

%

 $41,882 

As a percentage of total revenue

  57

%

      56

%

      56

%

Our cost of revenue consists primarily of materials, personnel expenses, royalty expense, warranty and manufacturing overhead expenses. Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue declinedimproved to 54%57% in 2012,2015, compared to 2011,2014, which was primarily attributable to the following:


 ·

A $16.6 million increase in total revenue, which improved the leverage of our manufacturing department expenses; and

A one-time impairment charge in 2014 of $650,000 for purchased intangibles related to a previous acquisition, which did not reoccur in 2015; partially offset

A partial shift in product mix shift towards lower margin products;

·An increase in Service revenueproducts, primarily as a result of the acquisition of the Iridex service business that hasour newly introducedexcel HR andenlighten products in 2014, which have a lower margin than our blended margin; andhigh initial cost structure.

·An increase in sales through distributors, which typically has a lower margin than our direct revenue.

Our gross

Gross margin as a percentage of net revenue remainedwas flat at 57%56% in 2011,2014, compared to 2010,2013, which was primarily attributable to the following:

 ·

An improvement

A $3.5 million increase in total revenue, which improved the leverage of our 2011 margins for Titan refill revenue, given 2011 did not have costs associated with the recall of certain Titan XL hand pieces in 2010;manufacturing department expenses; offset by

 ·

An increase

A one-time impairment charge of $823,000 of Titan refill revenue,$650,000 for which we traditionally earnpurchased intangibles related to a higher gross margin than our blended total gross margin percentage;previous acquisition; and

 ·

Improved gross margin on our Dermal fillers and cosmeceutical products sold

A partial shift in Japan, due to higher average selling prices resulting from favorable foreign exchange rates; which was offset by

·Lower gross margins for our Product revenue, resulting from an unfavorable product mix towards lower margin products.products, primarily as a result of our newly introducedexcel HR andenlighten products in 2014 that had a high initial cost structure.


Sales and Marketing

 Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)2012  % Change 2011  % Change 2010 
Sales and marketing $28,664   12% $25,499   % $24,735 
As a percentage of total revenue  37%      42%      47%

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

  

% Change

  

2014

  

% Change

  

2013

 

Sales and marketing

 $35,942   11

%

 $32,246   15

%

 $27,984 

As a percentage of total revenue

  38

%

      41

%

      38

%

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of personnel expenses, expenses associated with customer-attended workshops and trade shows, post-marketing studies and advertising. Sales and marketing expenses increased $3.2by $3.7 million in 2012,2015, compared to 2011,2014, which was primarily attributable to the following:


 ·

$2.22.6 million increase in personnel related expenses attributablein North America, due primarily to higher headcountcommissions as a result of increased North American revenue and commission expenses due to the higher revenue;an increase in severance costs;

 ·

$660,0001.1 million increase in non-Japan international spending, primarily as a result of higher product demonstration related expenses; andinternational sales headcount as well as the expansion of our international operations;

 ·

$418,000 increase713,000 of increased promotional spending, primarily in travel, entertainment and sales meeting expenses due to increased headcount and sales activity.North America; partially offset by


In 2011, sales

$1.1 million of decreased Japan expenses resulting primarily from the continued devaluation of the Japanese Yen versus the U.S. Dollar.

Sales and marketing expenses increased by $764,000$4.3 million in 2014, compared to 2010. This increase2013, which was primarily attributable to:


to the following:

 ·

$988,0002.6 million increase in personnel related expenses attributablein North American, driven primarily to higher commission expensesby the expansion of our sales force;

$1.4 million increase in non-Japan international spending, primarily as a result of higher international sales headcount as well as the higher revenue;expansion of our international operations;

 ·

$752,000 of increased promotional spending, primarily in North America;

$541,000 increase in of increased North American travel entertainment and sales meetingentertainment expenses due to increased sales and management travel activity; partially offset by

 ·

Reduced promotional and marketing related spending

$941,000 of approximately $781,000 attributable to fewer workshops, lower spending on public relations and other marketing activities.decreased Japan expenses resulting primarily from the continued devaluation of the Japanese Yen versus the U.S. Dollar.

Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenue, decreased to 37%38% in 2012,2015, compare to 41% in 2014. This decrease was attributable to an increase in revenue greater than the increase in expenses, resulting in the leverage of our sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenue, increased to 41% in 2014, compared to 42%38% in 2011 and 47% in 2010. The decrease in 20122013. This increase was due primarily to a larger increase in our revenue,expenses, compared to the increase in expenses, in 2012.


revenue.

Research and Development (“(R&D”&D)

 Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)2012  % Change 2011  % Change 2010 
Research and development $8,427   (8)% $9,141   31% $7,004 
As a percentage of total revenue  11%      15%      13%

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

  

% Change

  

2014

  

% Change

  

2013

 

Research and development

 $10,733   2

%

 $10,543   14

%

 $9,216 

As a percentage of total revenue

  11

%

      14

%

      12

%

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel, clinical and regulatory expenses, clinical, regulatory andas well as material costs. R&D expenses decreased $714,000increased $190,000 in 2012,2015, compared to 2011,2014, which was primarily attributable to:


 ·

$444,000 decrease in739,000 of higher personnel expenses due to lower headcount; andexpenses;

 ·

$262,000 increase in expensed tools and equipment spending; partially offset by

A decrease of $900,000 in material spending of $107,000 due to the timing, complexity and material component costs of the product being developed.spending.


In 2011,

R&D expenses increased by $2.1$1.3 million in 2014, compared to 2010,2013, which was primarily attributable to:


 ·

$1.81.0 million increase inhigher personnel expenses due to higher headcount and higher consulting feesas a result of $367,000, both, to ramp up the research, development and clinical support of our new products; offset byincreased headcount;

 ·

A decrease

$398,000 increase in material spending of $165,000.due to product development efforts related to two new launched products,enlightenandexcel HR; partially offset by


A decrease of $110,000 in expensed tools and equipment spending.

General and Administrative (“(G&A”&A)

 Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)2012  % Change 2011  % Change 2010 
General and administrative $11,276   12% $10,104   6% $9,576 
As a percentage of total revenue  15%      17%      18%

  

Year Ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

  

% Change

  

2014

  

% Change

  

2013

 

General and administrative

 $12,129   8

%

 $11,203   13

%

 $9,938 

As a percentage of total revenue

  13

%

      14

%

      13

%

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of: personnel expenses, legal fees, accounting, audit and tax consulting fees, and other general and administrative expenses. G&A expenses increased by $1.2 million$926,000 in 2012,2015, compared to 2011,2014, which was primarily attributable to:


 ·

$527,0001.2 million of non-recurring integration expenses associated with the Iridex business acquisition;increased personnel related expenses;

 ·

$366,000182,000 of higherincreased excise tax, due to increased sales in the U.S.; partially offset by

$304,000 of decreased legal fees and costs of settlements; and

 ·

$207,000

A reduction of higher accounting fees;

·$187,000$200,000 in fees resulting from the conclusion of higher personnel expenses; partially offset by,
·$162,000 decreasea management consulting engagement in facilities costs due the relocation of our offices in Tokyo, Japan and the closure of our office in Switzerland in 2011which2014 that did not reoccur in 2012.2015.


In 2011,

G&A expenses increased by $528,000,$1.3 million in 2014, compared to 2010. This increase2013, which was primarily attributable to:


 ·

$162,000 increase in facility costs due to the relocation1.3 million of our offices in Tokyo, Japan and the closure of our office in Switzerland;increased personnel related expenses;

 ·

$143,000 increase in407,000 of increased legal fees primarily associated with business development activities including the acquisitionand costs of assets from Iridex; andsettlements; partially offset by

 ·

$137,000 increase

A reduction of $600,000 in bad debt expense attributable tofees resulting from the conclusion of a reduced benefit associated with doubtful debt recoveriesmanagement consulting engagement in 2010, which did not recur2014 that commenced in 2011.2013.


Interest and Other Income, Net


The components of “Interest and Other Income, Net” are as follows:

  

Year Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

  

% Change

  

2014

  

% Change

  

2013

  

Interest income

 $330   (19

)%

 $406   (4

)%

 $421  

Other income (expense), net

  (37

)

  (79

)%

  (180

)

  (629

)%

  34  

Total interest and other income, net

 $293   30

%

 $226   (50

)%

 $455  


42

Table Of Contents
 Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands)2012  % Change 2011  % Change 2010 
Interest income $481   (19)% $594   10% $539 
Other income (expense), net  16   (20)%  20   (55)%  44 
Total interest and other income, net $497   (19)% $614   5% $583 

Interest income decreased 19% in 2012,2015, compared to 2011,2014, and increased 10%decreased 4% in 2011,2014, compared to 2010. The decrease in interest income in 2012 was2013. These decreases were primarily attributable to a decreasedecreases in our cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments balances. The increase in interest income in 2011 was primarily attributable to improvedbalances and decreased yields on our investments as a result of shifting some investments to higher yielding corporate debt instruments, versus municipal bonds.investments. Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments and long-term investments were $85.6 million at December 31, 2012, $91.72015, 2014 and 2013 were $48.4 million, at December 31, 2011$81.1 million and $96.8$83.1 million, at December 31, 2010.respectively. The large decrease in the investment balance in 2015 was attributable to $40 million of share repurchases of the Company’s stock.

IncomeTax (Benefit)Provision

Provision for Income Taxes
  Year Ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 2012  $ Change  2011  $ Change  2010 
Loss before income taxes $(6,330) $3,488  $(9,818) $698  $(10,516)
Provision for income taxes  218   (25)  243   241   2 
Effective tax rate  (3)%      (2)%      0%

Despite a loss before income taxes,

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
(Dollars in thousands) 2015  $ Change  2014  $ Change  2013 

Loss before income taxes

 $(4,228

)

 $6,165  $(10,393

)

 $(5,592

)

 $(4,801

)

Income tax (benefit) provision

  212   (7

)

  219   273   (54

)

Effective tax rate

  (5

)%

      (2

)%

      1

%

In 2015, 2014 and 2013, we recorded an income tax provision of $218,000, $243,000,$212,000, and $2,000 in 2012, 2011$219,000 and 2010,an income tax benefit of $54,000, respectively. Our tax provision isprovisions for both 2015 and 2014 are primarily related to foreign tax expenses, as aexpenses. Our tax benefit for 2013 was primarily related to releases of reserves for Uncertain Tax Positions due to lapses in the applicable statutes of limitations, offset by foreign tax expenses. A full valuation allowance was applied against all U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets arising during theeach of these years.


Liquidity and Capital Resources


Liquidity is the measurement of our ability to meet potential cash requirements, fund the planned expansion of our operations and acquire businesses. Our sources of cash include operations, stock option exercises, and employee stock purchases. We actively manage our cash usage and investment of liquid cash to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet our daily needs. The majority of our cash and investments are held in U.S. banks and our foreign subsidiaries maintain a limited amount of cash in their local banks to cover their short-term operating expenses. The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents marketable investments and long-termmarketable investments (in thousands):


  As of December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 2012  2011  Change 
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities:         
Cash and cash equivalents $23,546  $14,020  $9,526 
Marketable investments  62,026   74,666   (12,640)
Long-term investments     3,027   (3,027)
Total $85,572  $91,713  $(6,141)

41

  

Year ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

  

2014

  

Change

 

Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities:

            

Cash and cash equivalents

 $10,868  $9,803  $1,065 

Marketable investments

  37,539   71,343   (33,804

)

Total

 $48,407  $81,146  $(32,739

)

Table of Contents

Cash Flows


In summary, our cash flows were as follows:

  Year ended December 31, 
(Dollars in thousands) 2012  2011  2010 
Cash flows provided by (used in):         
Operating activities $(2,300) $(5,168) $(8,059)
Investing activities  10,153   5,287   (2,777)
Financing activities  1,673   1,382   526 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents $9,526  $1,501  $(10,310)

  

Year ended December 31,

 

(Dollars in thousands)

 

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Cash flows provided by (used in):

            

Operating activities

 $(1,359

)

 $(4,286

)

 $3,513 

Investing activities

  32,646   (5,611

)

  (5,848

)

Financing activities

  (30,222

)

  3,458   (4,969

)

Net increase (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 $1,065  $(6,439

)

 $(7,304

)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities


We used net cash of $2.3$1.4 million in operating activities during 2012,2015, which was primarily attributable to:


 ·

$3.71.1 million provided by operations based on a net loss of $4.4 million after adjusting for non-cash related items of $5.5 million, consisting primarily of stock-based compensation expense of $4.1 million and depreciation and amortization expense of $1.2 million;

$2.7 million generated from an increase in accrued liabilities, primarily associated with personnel costs; offset by

$2.3 million used as a result of a decrease in deferred revenue due primarily from the amortization of service contracts from previous years;

$1.1 million used to pay down a high accounts payable balance as of December 31, 2014; and

$1.1 million used to increase raw material and finished goods inventories due to an expanded product line. 

We used net cash of $4.3 million in operating activities during 2014, which was primarily attributable to:

$5.1 million used for operations based on a net loss of $10.6 million after adjusting for non-cash related items of $5.5 million, consisting primarily of stock-based compensation expense of $3.3 million, depreciation and amortization expense of $1.3 million and $0.7 million of an impairment of intangible assets;

$2.0 million used to increase inventories for the addition of the new product line in 2014;

$1.5 million used as a result of an increase in accounts receivable that resulted from increased product sales in the three-month period ended December 31, 2012,2014, compared to the same period in 2011;2013; partially offset by

 ·

$1.91.7 million usedgenerated from net loss of $6.5 million after adjusting for non-cash related items of $4.7 million, consisting primarily of  stock-based compensation expense of $3.2 million and depreciation and amortization expense of $1.6 million; partially offset byan increase in accrued liabilities;

 ·

$1.91.4 million generated from an increase in deferred revenue due primarily to an increase in our service business followinga “two years-for the acquisitionprice of the Iridex aesthetic customer base and a two-for-oneone” service contract pricing promotion; and

 ·

$1.2 million generated from the reduction of inventories resulting from the increase in revenue in 2012.


We used net cash of $5.2 million in operating activities during 2011, which was primarily attributable to:

· $5.4 million used from net loss of $10.1 million after adjusting for non-cash related items of $4.7 million, consisting primarily of stock based compensation expense of $3.9 million and depreciation and amortization expense of $637,000;
·$4.3 million used to increase inventory relating primarily to raw materials and finished goods associated with the ramp up of our recently introduced products — GenesisPlus and Excel V;
·$1.0 million used as a result of an increase in accounts receivable that resulted from increased product sales in the three-month period ended December 31, 2011, compared to the same period in 2010; partially offset by
·$3.01.3 million generated from an increase in accrued liabilitiesaccounts payable resulting from the higher purchases of inventories relating primarily to an increase in accrued but unpaid personnel costs of $1.1 million, increased customer deposits of $923,000 and an increase in accrued warranty expenses of $325,000 due to the increasenew product lines added in revenue in 2011;2014.

·$2.6 million generated from the reduction of other current assets, primarily from the receipt of a U.S. income tax refund of $1.2 million and $1.3 million amortization of discounts and purchased interest relating to our marketable investments; and
·$1.3 million increase in accounts payable.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities


We generated net cash of $10.2$32.6 million fromin investing activities in 2012,2015, which was primarily attributable to:

 ·

$74.633.4 million in proceeds from the sales and maturities, net of purchases, of marketable investments for financing our stock repurchase and operations; partially offset by

$0.7 million of cash used to purchase property and equipment.

We used net cash of $5.6 million in investing activities in 2014, which was primarily attributable to: 

$4.9 million of cash used to purchase, net of proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable investments; partially offset byand

 ·

$58.80.7 million of cash used to purchase marketable investments;

·$5.1 million of cash used for the Iridex acquisition; and
·$516,000 of cash used to purchase property and equipment.


We generated net cash of $5.3 million from investing activities in 2011, which was primarily attributable to:
·$69.1 million in net proceeds from the sales and maturities of marketable investments; partially offset by
·$63.1 million of cash used to purchase marketable investments; and
·$751,000 of cash used to purchase property and equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities


Net cash used in financing activities in 2015 was $30.2 million, which was primarily due to:

the repurchase of common stock for $40.1 million; partially offset by

proceeds of $10.1 million from the issuance of common stock due to employees exercising their stock options and purchasing stock through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (or “ESPP”) program.

Net cash provided by financing activities in 20122014 was $1.7$3.5 million, which resulted primarily from the issuance ofemployees exercising their stock options and purchasing stock through our stock option and employee stock purchase plans.


Net cash provided by financing activities in 2011 was $1.4 million, which resulted from $1.36 million of cash generated by the issuance of stock through our stock option and employee stock purchase plans and $22,000 of excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation expenses reclassified from operating activities to financing activities.

ESPP program.

Adequacy of cash resources to meet future needs


We had cash, cash equivalents and marketable investments of $85.6$48.4 million as of December 31, 2012.2015. We believe that our existing cash resources are sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next several years.


years, as well as for financing the $10 million Stock Repurchase Program approved by our Board in February 2016.

Contractual Obligations


The following are our contractual obligations, consisting of future minimum lease commitments related to facility and vehicle leases as of December 31, 2012:

  Payments Due by Period ($’000’s) 
 
Contractual Obligations
 Total  
Less Than
1 Year
  1-3 Years  3-5 Years  
More Than
5 Years
 
Operating leases $7,607  $1,759  $3,184  $2,664  $ 

2015:

  

Payments Due by Period ($’000’s)

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Total

  

Less Than

1 Year

  

1-3Years

  

3-5Years

  

More Than

5 Years

 

Operating leases

 $3,913  $1,882  $2,027  $4  $ 

Capital leases

  505   271   234       

Total leases

 $4,418  $2,153  $2,261  $4  $ 

Purchase Commitments


We maintain certain open inventory purchase commitments with our suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous supply for key components. Our liability in these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as agreed between the parties. These forecasted time-horizons can vary among different suppliers. Our open inventory purchase commitments were not material at December 31, 2012.2015. As a result, this amount is not included in the contractual obligations table above.

Income Tax Liability


We have included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet $412,000 ina $78,000 long-term income tax liability with respect tofor unrecognized tax benefits and accrued interest as of December 31, 2012.2015. At this time, we are unable to make a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of payments in individual years beyond 12 months due to uncertainties in the timing of tax audit outcomes. As a result, this amount is not included in the contractual obligations table above.


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not participate in transactions that generate relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance, variable interest or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. As of December 31, 2015, we were not involved in any unconsolidated transactions.

Other


In the normal course of business, we enter into agreements that contain a variety of representations, warranties, and indemnification obligations. For example, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Our exposure under the various indemnification obligations is unknown and not reasonably estimable as they involve future claims that may be made against us. As such, we have not accrued any amounts for such obligations.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVEQUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rate Sensitivity


Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to our investment portfolio. Fixed rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted due to fluctuations in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectation due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities which have declined in market value due to changes in interest rates. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing yields without significantly increasing risk. To achieve this objective, we invest in debt instruments of the U.S. Government and its agencies and municipal bonds, and, by policy, restrict our exposure to any single type of investment or issuer by imposing concentration limits. To minimize the exposure due to adverse shifts in interest rates, we maintain investments at a weighted average maturity of generally less than eighteen months. Based on discounted cash flow modeling with respect to our total investment portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011,2015, assuming a hypothetical increase in interest rates of one percentage point, the fair value of our total investment portfolio would have potentially declineddecline by approximately $745,000$242,000.

Foreign Currency Exchange

In 2015 and $608,000 respectively.

our total revenue. Approximately 49% and 48%, of our international revenue was denominated in U.S. Dollars. All of the remaining revenue was denominated in Japanese Yen, Euros, Australian Dollars and Swiss Francs. Our Japanese Yen denominated revenue represents the majority of our foreign currency denominated revenue. In 2015 and 2014, the Japanese Yen, compared to the U.S. Dollar, devalued by approximately 14% and 9%, respectively, which had a significant adverse foreign exchange impact on our revenue − both from a re-measurement loss upon the conversion of our Japanese Yen denominated revenue as well as the additional negative revenue impact due to the effective price increase for the local customers importing our U.S. Dollar denominated systems into Japan. In addition, the Japanese Yen devaluation had a favorable foreign currency translation impact on our local cost of sales and operating expenses.

We have historically not engaged in hedging activities relating to our foreign currency denominated transactions, given we have a natural hedge resulting from our foreign cash receipts being utilized to fund our respective local currency expenses.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIALFINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA


CUTERA, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are required to be included in Item 8:

The following Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule of the Registrant and its subsidiaries for the years ended December 31, 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013 is filed as a part of this Report as required to be included in Item 15(a) and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Registrant and its subsidiaries:

Schedule

Page

Schedule

II

Page
II

73

74

All other required schedules are omitted because of the absence of conditions under which they are required or because the required information is given in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The

Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Cutera, Inc.

Brisbane, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cutera, Inc. as of December 31, 2012,2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders'stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the yeartwo years in the period ended December 31, 2012. Our audit2015. In connection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also includedaudited the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a).accompanying index. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company'sCompany’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audit.

audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cutera, Inc. at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Cutera Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 15, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Jose, California

March 15, 2016

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cutera, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013 of Cutera, Inc. Our audit also included the financial statement schedule at Item 15(a) for the year ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Cutera, Inc. at December 31, 2012, and the consolidated results of its operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012,2013, in conformity with U.S.US generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Cutera, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 15, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California

March 15, 2013

45

17, 2014

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM48

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cutera, Inc.

We have audited Cutera, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Cutera, Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Cutera, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 2012 consolidated financial statements of Cutera, Inc. and our report dated March 15, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Redwood City, California
March 15, 2013

Table Of Contents
 
46

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cutera, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders' equity and of cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Cutera, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2011 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
San Jose, CA
March 15, 2012
CUTERA, INC.

CONSCONSOLIDATEDOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

  

December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

 

Assets

        

Current assets:

        

Cash and cash equivalents

 $10,868  $9,803 

Marketable investments

  37,539   71,343 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $4 and $0, respectively

  11,669   11,137 

Inventories

  12,078   10,988 

Deferred tax assets

     26 

Other current assets and prepaid expenses

  1,675   1,591 

Total current assets

  73,829   104,888 

Property and equipment, net

  1,473   1,461 

Deferred tax assets, net of current portion

  350   269 

Intangibles, net

  143   595 

Goodwill

  1,339   1,339 

Other long-term assets

  384   361 

Total assets

 $77,518  $108,913 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

        

Current liabilities:

        

Accounts payable

 $1,959  $3,083 

Accrued liabilities

  13,834   11,007 

Deferred revenue

  8,638   8,898 

Total current liabilities

  24,431   22,988 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

  2,287   4,346 

Income tax liability

  182   145 

Other long-term liabilities

  584   926 

Total liabilities

  27,484   28,405 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)

        

Stockholders’ equity:

        

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value:

        

Authorized: 5,000,000 shares;Issued and outstanding: none

      

Common stock, $0.001 par value:

        

Authorized: 50,000,000 shares;Issued and outstanding: 12,980,807 and 14,446,950 shares at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively

  13   14 

Additional paid-in capital

  79,782   105,721 

Accumulated deficit

  (29,672

)

  (25,232

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income

  (89

)

  5 

Total stockholders’ equity

  50,034   80,508 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 $77,518  $108,913 

  December 31, 
  2012  2011 
Assets      
Current assets:      
Cash and cash equivalents $23,546  $14,020 
Marketable investments  62,026   74,666 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 and $20, respectively  8,841   5,193 
Inventories  11,114   10,729 
Deferred tax asset  40   55 
Other current assets and prepaid expenses  1,439   1,432 
Total current assets  107,006   106,095 
Property and equipment, net  933   853 
Long-term investments     3,027 
Deferred tax asset, net of current portion  553   446 
Intangibles, net  2,566   446 
Goodwill  1,339    
Other long-term asset  397   486 
Total assets $112,794  $111,353 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity        
Current liabilities:        
Accounts payable $2,107  $2,573 
Accrued liabilities  9,493   9,262 
Deferred revenue  6,618   5,185 
Total current liabilities  18,218   17,020 
Deferred rent  1,288   1,448 
Deferred revenue, net of current portion  2,102   840 
Income tax liability  412   478 
Total liabilities  22,020   19,786 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)        
Stockholders’ equity:        
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value Authorized: 5,000,000 shares; none issued and outstanding      
Common stock, $0.001 par value:        
Authorized: 50,000,000 shares;
Issued and outstanding: 14,233,476 and 13,948,395 shares at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively
  14   14 
Additional paid-in capital  100,552   95,719 
Accumulated deficit  (9,873)  (3,325)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)  81   (841)
Total stockholders’ equity  90,774   91,567 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $112,794  $111,353 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOCONSOLIDATEDLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share data)

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Net revenue:

            

Products

 $77,022  $60,299  $56,905 

Service

  17,739   17,839   17,689 

Total net revenue

  94,761   78,138   74,594 

Cost of revenue:

            

Products

  32,402   26,796   24,179 

Service

  8,076   7,969   8,533 

Total cost of revenue

  40,478   34,765   32,712 

Gross profit

  54,283   43,373   41,882 

Operating expenses:

            

Sales and marketing

  35,942   32,246   27,984 

Research and development

  10,733   10,543   9,216 

General and administrative

  12,129   11,203   9,938 

Total operating expenses

  58,804   53,992   47,138 

Loss from operations

  (4,521

)

  (10,619

)

  (5,256

)

Interest and other income, net

  293   226   455 

Loss before income taxes

  (4,228

)

  (10,393

)

  (4,801

)

Income tax (benefit) provision

  212   219   (54

)

Net loss

 $(4,440

)

 $(10,612

)

 $(4,747

)

             

Net loss per share:

            

Basic and diluted

 $(0.32

)

 $(0.74

)

 $(0.33

)

Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:

            

Basic and diluted

  13,960   14,254   14,421 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
Net revenue:         
Products $60,057  $46,879  $40,043 
Service  17,220   13,411   13,231 
Total net revenue  77,277   60,290   53,274 
Cost of revenue:            
Products  26,911   17,545   15,805 
Service  8,826   8,433   7,253 
Total cost of revenue  35,737   25,978   23,058 
Gross profit  41,540   34,312   30,216 
Operating expenses:            
Sales and marketing  28,664   25,499   24,735 
Research and development  8,427   9,141   7,004 
General and administrative  11,276   10,104   9,576 
Total operating expenses  48,367   44,744   41,315 
Loss from operations  (6,827)  (10,432)  (11,099)
Interest and other income, net  497   614   583 
Loss before income taxes  (6,330)  (9,818)  (10,516)
Provision for income taxes  218   243   2 
Net loss $(6,548) $(10,061) $(10,518)
             
Net loss per share:            
Basic and diluted $(0.46) $(0.73) $(0.78)
Weighted-average number of shares used in per share calculations:            
Basic and diluted  14,089   13,807   13,540 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


 
50
49


CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLIDATEDSTATEMENTS OFCOMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Net loss

 $(4,440

)

 $(10,612

)

 $(4,747

)

Other comprehensive loss:

            

Available-for-sale investments

            

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

  (87

)

  (42

)

  (21

)

Less: Reclassification adjustment for net gains on investmentsrecognized during the year

  (7

)

  (4

)

  (9

)

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

  (94

)

  (46

)

  (30

)

Tax provision (benefit)

         

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

  (94

)

  (46

)

  (30

)

Comprehensive loss

 $(4,534

)

 $(10,658

)

 $(4,777

)

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
Net loss $(6,548) $(10,061) $(10,518)
Other comprehensive income (loss):            
Available-for-sale investments            
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments   959    723    (20)
Less: Reclassification adjustment for (gains) losses on investments recognized during the year  (19)   (5)  (74)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments  940   718   (94)
Tax provision (benefits)  18   (197)   
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax  922   915   (94)
Comprehensive loss $(5,626) $(9,146) $(10,612)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


 
51
50


CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLICONSOLIDATEDDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

  

Common Stock

  

Additional

Paid-in

  

Retained

Earnings

  

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

  

Total

Stockholders’

 
  

 

Shares

  

Amount

  

Capital

  

(Accumulated

Deficit)

  

Income (loss)

  

Equity

 
                         

Balance at December 31, 2012

  14,233,476  $14  $100,552  $(9,873

)

 $81  $90,774 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  51,338      362         362 

Exercise of stock options

  612,210   1   5,048         5,049 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards

  95,256      (222

)

        (222

)

Repurchase of common stock

  (1,060,447

)

  (1

)

  (10,030

)

        (10,031

)

Stock-based compensation expense

        3,110         3,110 

Net loss

           (4,747

)

     (4,747

)

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

              (30

)

  (30

)

Balance at December 31, 2013

  13,931,833   14   98,820   (14,620

)

  51   84,265 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  52,759      451         451 

Exercise of stock options

  396,970      3,307         3,307 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted and performance stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards

  65,388      (156

)

        (156

)

Stock-based compensation expense

        3,299         3,299 

Net loss

           (10,612

)

     (10,612

)

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

              (46

)

  (46

)

Balance at December 31, 2014

  14,446,950   14   105,721   (25,232

)

  5   80,508 

Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan

  55,872      577         577 

Exercise of stock options

  1,141,904   2   10,500         10,502 

Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted and performance stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards

  154,119      (1,018

)

        (1,018

)

Repurchase of common stock

  (2,818,038

)

  (3

)

  (40,082

)

        (40,085

)

Stock-based compensation expense

        4,084         4,084 

Net loss

           (4,440

)

     (4,440

)

Net change in unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments

              (94

)

  (94

)

Balance at December 31, 2015

  12,980,807  $13  $79,782  $(29,672

)

 $(89

)

 $50,034 
 Common Stock  Additional  
Retained
Earnings
  
Accumulated
 Other
  Total 
 Shares Amount  
 Paid-in
Capital
  
(Accumulated
Deficit)
  
 Comprehensive
Income (loss)
  
 Stockholders’
Equity
 
                      
Balance at December 31, 200913,436,163 $13  $85,248  $17,254  $(1,662)  $100,853 
Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan43,859     306         306 
Exercise of stock options90,362  1   337         338 
Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards59,329     (126)        (126)
Stock-based compensation expense     4,650         4,650 
Tax benefit from exercises of stock-based payment awards     8         8 
Net loss        (10,518)     (10,518)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments (net of full valuation allowance on tax effect)           (94)  (94)
Balance at December 31, 201013,629,713  14   90,423   6,736   (1,756)  95,417 
Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan45,161     276         276 
Exercise of stock options207,624     1,230         1,230 
Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards65,897     (146)        (146)
Stock-based compensation expense     3,907         3,907 
Tax benefit from exercises of stock-based payment awards     29         29 
Net loss        (10,061)     (10,061)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments (net of $197 of tax benefit)           915   915 
Balance at December 31, 201113,948,395  14   95,719   (3,325)  (841)  91,567 
Issuance of common stock for employee purchase plan46,982     289         289 
Exercise of stock options211,551     1,480         1,480 
Issuance of common stock in settlement of restricted stock units, net of shares withheld for employee taxes, and stock awards26,548     (101)        (101)
Stock-based compensation expense     3,159         3,159 
Tax benefit from exercises of stock-based payment awards     6         6 
Net loss        (6,548)     (6,548)
Net change in unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments (net of $18 of tax provision)           922   922 
Balance at December 31, 201214,233,476 $14  $100,552  $(9,873) $81  $90,774 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

CUTERA, INC.

CONSOLCONSOLIDATEDIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

            

Net loss

 $(4,440

)

 $(10,612

)

 $(4,747

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

            

Stock-based compensation

  4,084   3,299   3,110 

Depreciation and amortization

  1,186   1,336   1,304 

Impairment of intangible assets

     650    

Other

  227   206   243 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

            

Accounts receivable

  (536

)

  (1,460

)

  (857

)

Inventories

  (1,090

)

  (1,982

)

  2,108 

Other current assets and prepaid expenses

  241   239   345 

Other long-term assets

  (23

)

  (37

)

  73 

Accounts payable

  (1,124

)

  1,263   (287

)

Accrued liabilities

  2,687   1,650   (371

)

Other long-term liabilities

  (289

)

  (285

)

  (218

)

Deferred revenue

  (2,319

)

  1,410   3,114 

Income tax liability

  37   37   (304

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  (1,359

)

  (4,286

)

  3,513 

Cash flows from investing activities:

            

Acquisition of property, equipment and software

  (746

)

  (734

)

  (517

)

Acquisition of intangible asset

        (155

)

Disposal of property and equipment

        63 

Proceeds from sales of marketable investments

  21,171   12,354   15,578 

Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments

  35,918   26,915   36,030 

Purchase of marketable investments

  (23,697

)

  (44,146

)

  (56,847

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  32,646   (5,611

)

  (5,848

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

            

Repurchase of common stock

  (40,085

)

     (10,031

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan

  10,061   3,602   5,189 

Payments on capital lease obligation

  (198

)

  (144

)

  (127

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  (30,222

)

  3,458   (4,969

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  1,065   (6,439

)

  (7,304

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  9,803   16,242   23,546 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 $10,868  $9,803  $16,242 

Supplemental cash flow information:

            

Cash paid for interest

 20  26  19 

Cash paid for income taxes

 $160  $225  $337 

Supplementalnon-cashinvesting and financing activities:

            

Assets acquired under capital lease

 $285  $70  $577 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
Cash flows from operating activities:            
Net loss $(6,548) $(10,061) $(10,518)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:            
Stock-based compensation  3,160   3,907   4,650 
Tax benefit (deficit) from stock-based compensation  6   29   8 
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation  (6)  (22)  (8)
Depreciation and amortization  1,606   637   717 
Other  (87)  107   (77)
Changes in assets and liabilities:            
Accounts receivable  (3,690)  (1,000)  (759)
Inventories  1,167   (4,281)  (275)
Other current assets and prepaid expenses  859   2,604   2,314 
Other long-term assets  89   (486)    
Accounts payable  (466)  1,277   215 
Accrued liabilities  (177)  2,970   (2,646)
Deferred rent  (62)  45   (200)
Deferred revenue  1,915   (895)  (1,208)
Income tax liability  (66)  1   (272)
Net cash used in operating activities  (2,300)  (5,168)  (8,059)
Cash flows from investing activities:            
Acquisition of property and equipment  (516)  (751)  (275)
Business acquisition  (5,091)      
Disposal of property and equipment     36    
Proceeds from sales of marketable and long-term investments  31,564   21,198   42,830 
Proceeds from maturities of marketable investments  43,009   47,935   42,505 
Purchase of marketable investments  (58,813)  (63,131)  (87,837)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  10,153   5,287   (2,777)
Cash flows from financing activities:            
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan  1,667   1,360   518 
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation  6   22   8 
Net cash provided by financing activities  1,673   1,382   526 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents  9,526   1,501   (10,310)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year  14,020   12,519   22,829 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $23,546  $14,020  $12,519 
Supplemental and non-cash disclosure of cash flow information:            
Cash paid (received) for income taxes $307  $(1,345)  $272 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


CUTERA, INC.

NOTESTO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Operations and Principles of Consolidation

Cutera, Inc. (“(“Cutera” or the “Company”) is a global provider of laser and other energy basedenergy-based aesthetic systems for practitioners worldwide. The Company designs, develops, manufactures, and markets the CoolGlide, Xeo, Solera, GenesisPlus, ExcelV, VariLite (acquired in 2012)laser and truSculpt (introduced in 2012)other energy-based product platforms for use by physicians and other qualified practitioners to allow its customerswhich enable them to offer safe and effective aesthetic treatments to their customers. Commencing inThe Company currently markets the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2011, the Company started distributing a Q-switched laserfollowing key product called myQ in Japan, which is sourced from an original equipment manufacturer.platforms:CoolGlide®,xeo,solera®,GenesisPlus,excel V,truSculpt,excel HR andenlighten. The Xeo and Solera platformsCompany’s products offer multiple hand pieces and applications, which allow customers to upgrade their systems. The sales of systems, (Upgrade revenue).upgrades, hand pieces, hand piece refills (Titan® andtruSculpt) and the distribution of third party manufactured skincare products are classified as “Products” revenue. In the second quarter of 2014, the Company terminated its agreement with Merz Pharma GmbH(“Merz”) for the distribution of itsRadiesse dermal filler product. In addition to systems and upgradeProducts revenue, the Company generates revenue from the sale of post warrantypost-warranty service contracts, providing servicesparts, detachable hand piece replacements (except forTitan andtruSculpt) and service labor for the repair and maintenance of products that are out of warranty, Titan and truSculpt hand piece refills, and distributing third party manufactured dermal fillers and cosmeceuticals.

all of which is classified as “Service” revenue.

Headquartered in Brisbane, California, the Company has wholly-owned subsidiaries that are currently operational in Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Hong Kong, Japan, Spain and Japan,Switzerland, that market, sell and service its products outside of the United States. The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the financial statements and the accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates their estimates, including those related to warranty obligation, sales commission, accounts receivable and sales allowances, fair valuesvaluation of long-term investments,inventories, fair values of acquired intangible assets, useful lives of intangible assets and property and equipment, fair values of options to purchase the Company’s common stock and other share based awards, recoverability of deferred tax assets, and effective income tax rates, among others. Management bases their estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities.

Cash, Cash Equivalents, and Marketable Investments and Long-Term Investments

The Company invests its cash primarily in money market funds and in highly liquid debt instruments of U.S. federal and municipal governments and their agencies, commercial paper and corporate debt securities. All highly liquid investments with stated maturities of three months or less from date of purchase are classified as cash equivalents; all highly liquid investments with stated maturities of greater than three months are classified as marketable investments. The majority of the Company’s cash and investments are held in U.S. banks and its foreign subsidiaries maintain a limited amount of cash in their local banks to cover their short term operating expenses.

The Company determines the appropriate classification of its investments in marketable securities at the time of purchase and re-evaluates such designation at each balance sheet date. The Company’s marketable securities have been classified and accounted for as available-for-sale. The Company may, or may not, hold securitiesInvestments with statedremaining maturities greatermore than 12 months until maturity. In response to changes in the availability of and the yield on alternative investments as well as liquidity requirements, it occasionally sells these securities prior to their stated maturities. As these securitiesone year are viewed by the Company as available to support current operations, based on the provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) topic 210, subtopic 10, securities with maturities beyond 12 months (such as variable rate demand notes)and are classified as current assets under the caption marketable investments in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. TheseInvestments in marketable securities are carried at fair value, with the unrealized gains and losses reported as a component of stockholders’ equity. Any realized gains or losses on the sale of marketable securities are determined on a specific identification method, and such gains and losses are reflected as a component of interest and other income, net.

Prior to December 31, 2012 the Company held a variety of interest bearing auction rate securities (“ARS”) that represented investments in pools of student loan assets issued by the Federal Family Education Loan Program (“FELP”). Since 2008, uncertainties in the credit markets affected the majority of ARS investments and auctions for the Company’s investments in these securities had failed to settle on their respective settlement dates. However, as of December 31, 2012,  all outstanding ARS had been redeemed at full par value.
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company had $0 million and $3.0 million, respectively, of fair valued ARS classified as long-term investments.
Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value. Carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, marketable investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities, approximate their fair values as of the balance sheet dates because of their generally short maturities.

The fair value hierarchy distinguishes between (1) market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from independent sources (observable inputs) and (2) an entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances (unobservable inputs). The fair value hierarchy consists of three broad levels, which gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:


 ·

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for assets or liabilities.

 ·

Level 2: Directly or indirectly observable inputs as of the reporting date through correlation with market data, including quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets and quoted prices in markets that are not active. Level 2 also includes assets and liabilities that are valued using models or other pricing methodologies that do not require significant judgment since the input assumptions used in the models, such as interest rates and volatility factors, are corroborated by readily observable data from actively quoted markets for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 ·

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the use of significant management judgment. These values are generally determined using pricing models for which the assumptions utilize management’s estimates of market participant assumptions.

Impairment of Marketable Investments


After determining the fair value of available-for-sales debt instruments, gains or losses on these securities are recorded to other comprehensive income, until either the security is sold or the Company determines that the decline in value is other-than-temporary. The primary differentiating factors that the Company considers in classifying impairments as either temporary or other-than-temporary impairments isare the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value or the maturity of the investment, the length of the time and the extent to which the market value of the investment has been less than cost and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. There were no other-than-temporary impairments in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011,2015, 2014, and 2010.


2013.

Allowance for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts

The allowance for sales returns is based on the Company’s estimates of potential future product returns and other allowances related to current period product revenue. The Company analyzes historical returns, current economic trends and changes in customer demand and acceptance of our products.

The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on the Company’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. The Company regularly reviews the allowance by considering factors such as historical experience, credit quality, the age of the accounts receivable balances, and current economic conditions that may affect a customer’s ability to pay.


Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties


Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents, marketable investments and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are primarily invested in deposits and money market accounts with three major financial institutions in the United States.U.S. In addition, the Company has operating cash balances in banks in each of the international locations in which it operates. Deposits in these banks may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, if any. Management believes that these financial institutions are financially sound and, accordingly, believes that minimal credit risk exists. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.


The Company invests in debt instruments—instruments, including bonds and ARS—of the U.S. Government, its agencies and municipalities. In addition, starting from 2010, theThe Company has also invested in other high grade investments such as commercial paper and corporate bonds. By policy, the Company restricts its exposure to any single issuer by imposing concentration limits. To minimize the exposure due to adverse shifts in interest rates, the Company maintains investments at an average maturity (interest reset date for auction-rate securities and variable rate demand notes) of generally less than eighteen months.

Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue earned from worldwide customers. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 no2015, there was one customer who represented more than 10% of the Company’s net accounts receivable. No single customer represented more than 10% of net accounts receivable as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.
2014.

During the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011,2015, 2014, and 2010,2013, domestic revenue accounted for 41%52%, 39%45%, and 36%42%, respectively, of total revenue, while international revenue accounted for 59%48%, 61%55%, and 64%58%, respectively, of total revenue, for each of the years.revenue. No single customer represented more than 10% of total revenue for any of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011,2015, 2014, and 2010.


2013.  

The Company is also subject to risks common to companies in the medical device industry, including, but not limited to, new technology innovations, dependence on key personnel, dependence on key suppliers, protection of proprietary technology, product liability, Food and Drug Administration and/ or international regulatory approvals required for new products and compliance with government regulations.


Inventories
 
55

Table Of Contents

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on a standard cost basis, (whichwhich approximates actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis)basis, and market being determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value.

The Company includes demonstration units within inventories. Demonstration units are carried at cost and amortized over theiran estimated economic life of two years. Amortization expense related to demonstration units is recorded in Products cost of revenue or in the respective operating expense line based on which function and purpose for which it isthe demonstration units are being used for.used. Proceeds from the sale of demonstration units are recorded as revenue and all costs incurred to refurbish the systems prior to sale are charged to cost of revenue.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, demonstration inventories, net of accumulated depreciation, included in Finished goods inventory balance was $2.3 million. 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation recognized is on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally as follows:

  

Useful Lives (years)

Leasehold improvements

 Useful Lives
Leasehold improvements

Lesser of useful life or term of lease

Equipment

Office equipment and furniture

 

3 years

Computer

Machinery and equipment

 

3 years


Upon sale or retirement of assets,property and equipment, the costs and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operating expenses. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.


Depreciation expense related to property and equipment for 2015, 2014 and leasehold improvements2013, was $436,000, $446,000$734,000, $562,000 and $525,000$602,000 respectively. Amortization expense for vehicles leased under capital leases is included in 2012, 2011, 2010.

depreciation expense.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets


Goodwill, which represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets, is not subject to amortization, but is subject to at least an annual assessment for impairment, applying a fair-value based test.


The Company’s intangible assets are comprised of purchased technology sub-licenses, acquired customer relationships, and those assets acquired in conjunction with an asset acquisition in February 2012 including, existing customer relationships, product portfolio and a manufacturing process for the products acquired. All identifiable intangibles have finite lives and are carried at cost, net of accumulated amortization. Amortization iswas recorded using the straight-line method, except for a portion of the purchased intangibles which arebeing amortized on a declining-balance basis, over their respective useful lives, which range from approximately 11 months to 10 years.


Impairment of Long-lived Assets


Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives areis not amortized, but areis tested for impairment at least annually or as circumstances indicate their value may no longer be recoverable. The Company does not have intangible assets with indefinite useful lives other than goodwill. Goodwillgoodwill impairment test is generally performed annually during the fourth fiscal quarter (or earlier if impairment indicators arise). The Company continues to operate in one segment, which is considered to be the sole reporting unit and therefore, goodwill was tested for impairment at the enterprise level. As of December 31, 2012,2015, there has been no impairment of goodwill.


The Company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets, which include amortizable intangible and tangible assets. Acquired intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives. The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable. The Company recognizes such impairment in the event the net book value of such assets exceeds the future undiscounted cash flows attributable to such assets. In 2014, the Company’s impairment review indicated that certain purchased long-lived assets associated with the Iridex acquisition were impaired and an impairment charge of $650,000 was recognized. No other impairment losses were incurred in the periods presented.

Warranty Obligations

The Company provides a standards one-year standard warranty on all systems.systems sold to end-customers. Warranty coverage provided is for labor and parts necessary to repair the systems during the warranty period. For sales to distributors, the Company generally provides a 14-month warranty for parts only, with labor being provided to the end customer by the distributor.

The Company accounts for the estimated warranty cost of the standard warranty coverage as a charge to costs of revenue when revenue is recognized. The estimated warranty cost is based on historical product performance. To determine the estimated warranty reserve, the Company utilizes actual service records to calculate the average service expense per system and applies this to the equivalent number of units exposed under warranty. The Company updates these estimated charges every quarter.


Revenue Recognition

Product, Upgrade, Titan hand piece refill, and Dermal filler and cosmeceutical

Products revenue is recognized when title and risk of ownership has been transferred, provided that:

 ·

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 ·

The price is fixed or determinable;

 ·

Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; and

 ·

Collectability is reasonably assured.

Transfer of title and risk of ownership occurs when the product is shipped to the customer or when the customer receives the product, depending on the nature of the arrangement. Revenue is recorded net of customer and distributor discounts. For sales transactions whenWhen collectability is not reasonably assured, the Company recognizes revenue upon receipt of cash payment. Sales to customers and distributors do not include any return or exchange rights. In addition, the Company’s distributor agreements obligate the distributor to pay the Company for the sale regardless of whether the distributor is able to resell the product. Shipping and handling charges are invoiced to customers based on the amount of products sold. Shipping and handling fees are recorded as revenue and the related expense as a component of Products cost of revenue.


Multiple-element arrangements


A multiple-element arrangement includes the sale of one or more tangible product offerings with one or more associated services offerings, each of which are individually considered separate units of accounting. The Company determined that its multiple-element arrangements are generally comprised of the following elements that are recognized as separate units of accounting: system and upgrade sales;Product and service contracts.


For multiple-element arrangements revenue is allocated to each element based on their relative selling prices. Relative selling prices would beare based first on vendor specified objective evidence (“VSOE”), then onif available, third-party evidence of selling price (“TPE”) when VSOE does not exist, and then on estimatedbest estimate of selling price (“ESP”BESP”) whenif VSOE and TPE do not exist. Because the Company has neither VSOE nor TPE for its systems and service contracts, the allocation of revenue has beenis based on the Company’s ESPs.BESPs for each element. The objective of ESPBESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service was sold on a stand-alone basis. The Company determines ESPBESP for its systemsproducts or services by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to,prices charged for stand-alone sales, features and functionality of the system,products and services, geographies, type of customer, and market conditions. Revenue allocated to each element is then recognized when the other revenue recognition criteria are met for eachthe element.


In the first and second quarter of 2013, with respect to the sale of its truSculpt product, the Company provided promotions that included an unlimited number of “free” hand piece replacements during a stated trial period of 3 months or 12 months. These free refills were treated as an undelivered element under FASB ASC 605-25 in the original revenue transaction. The Company deferred the relative fair value related to the estimated number of hand piece replacements to be delivered during the promotional period and recognized that deferred revenue over the free refills promotion period. Commencing in the third quarter of 2013, the Company now includes unlimited refills as part of the truSculpt standard warranty and the Company no longer accounts for thetruSculpt warranty as a separate deliverable under the multiple-element arrangement revenue guidance. Upon atruSculpt sale, the Company recognizes the estimated costs which will be incurred under the warranty obligation in Products cost of revenue.

The Company also offers customers extended service contracts. Revenue under service contracts is recognized on a straight-line basis over the period of the applicable service contract. Service revenue billed on a time and material basis, from customers whose systems are not under a service contact, is recognized as the services are provided. Service revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011,2015, 2014, and 20102013 was $17.2$17.7 million, $13.4$17.8 million, and $13.2$17.7 million, respectively.

Cost of Revenue


Cost of revenue consists primarily of material, finished and semi-finished products purchased from third-party manufacturers, labor, stock-based compensation expenses, overhead involved in our internal manufacturing processes, technology license amortization and royalties, and costs associated with product warranties.warranties and any inventory or intangible write-downs.

The Company's system sales include a control console, universal graphic user interface, control system software, high voltage electronics and a combination of applications (referred to as hand pieces). Hand pieces are programmed to have a limited number of uses to ensure the safety of the device to patients. The Company sells refurbished hand pieces, or "refills," of its Titan product and provides for refurbishment of other hand pieces under warranty or service contracts. When customers purchase a replacement hand piece (or “refill”) or are provided a replacement hand piece under a warranty or service contract, Cutera ships the customer a previously refurbished unit. Upon the receipt of the expended hand piece from the customer the Company capitalizes the expended hand piece as inventory at the estimated fair value. Cost of revenue includes the costs incurred to refurbish hand pieces.

Research and Development Expenditures

Costs related to research, design, development and testing of products are charged to research and development expense as incurred. Expenses incurred primarily relate to employees, facilities, material, third party contractors and clinical and regulatory fees.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are included as part of sales and marketing expense and are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $1.3$1.2 million, in both 2012and 2011,$1.6 million and $947,000 in 2010.

56

$1.6 million, respectively.

Table of Contents

Stock-based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-basedits employee compensation plansstock options under the fair value recognition and measurement provisions under U.S. GAAP.method of accounting using a Black-Scholes valuation model to measure stock option expense at the date of grant. The Company’s stock-based compensation costfair value of Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) is measured at the grantmarket price of the Company’s stock on the date based on theof grant. The fair value of Performance Stock Units (“PSUs”) that have operational measurement goals, are measured at the award, andmarket price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. PSUs with market-based measurement goals are valued using the Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model. The Monte-Carlo simulation option-pricing model uses the same input assumptions as the Black-Scholes model, however, it further incorporates into the fair-value determination the possibility that the market condition may not be satisfied. Stock-based compensation expense for market-based PSU awards is recognized asregardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service has been provided.

Stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, is recognized over the requisite service period. The

For RSUs and PSUs, the Company elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton (“BSM”) pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the dates of grant. Restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance stock units (“PSUs”) and stock awards are measured based on the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant. Shares are issuedissues shares on the vesting dates, net of the statutoryminimum tax withholding requirements to be paid by the Company on behalf of its employees. As a result, the actual number of shares issued will be fewer than the actual number of RSUs outstanding. Furthermore, theand PSUs that vest. The Company records the liability for withholding amounts to be paid by usthe Company as a reduction to additional paid-in capital when the shares are issued. Also, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation using the straight-line method.

U.S. GAAP requires the cash

Cash flows resulting from the tax benefits due to tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for stock-based awards for options exercised and for RSUs and PSUs vested during the period.(excessperiod (excess tax benefits) to be, are classified as financing cash flows.


Income Taxes

The Company recognizes income taxes under the liability method. The Company recognizes deferred income taxes for differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities at enacted statutory tax rates in effect for the years in which differences are expected to reverse. The Company recognizes the effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates in income in the period that includes the enactment date. TheFor deferred tax assets which are not subject to a valuation allowance, the Company has determined that its future taxable income will be sufficient to recover all of the deferred tax assets. However, should there be a change in their ability to recoverthe recoverability of the deferred tax assets, the Company could be required to record a valuation allowance against the net carrying value of its deferred tax assets. This would result in an increase to the Company’s tax provision in the period in which they determined that the recovery was not probable.

The measurement of deferred taxes often involves an exercise of judgment related to the computation and realization of tax basis. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect management’s assessment that tax positions taken, and the resulting tax basis, are more likely than not to be sustained if they are audited by taxing authorities. Also, assessing tax rates that the Company expects to apply and determining the years when the temporary differences are expected to affect taxable income requires judgment about the future apportionment of ourthe Company’s income among the states in which the Company operates. These matters, and others, involve the exercise of significant judgment. Any changes in ourthe Company’s practices or judgments involved in the measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities could materially impact ourthe Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred income tax assets to amounts that the Company believes are more likely than not to be recovered. The Company evaluates its deferred tax assets quarterly to determine whether adjustments to ourthe Company’s valuation allowance are appropriate. In making this evaluation, the Company relies on its recent history of pre-tax earnings, estimated timing of future deductions and benefits represented by the deferred tax assets, and its forecasts of future earnings, the latter two of which involve the exercise of significant judgment. The Company maintains a full valuation allowance against its U.S. federal and state deferred tax asset due to a history of operating losses.

The Company establishes reserves for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the Income Taxes subtopic of the ASC.ASC 740. The subtopic prescribes the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. Additionally, the subtopic provides guidance on derecognition,de-recognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, and transition of uncertain tax positions. The impact of an uncertain income tax position on income tax expense must be recognized at the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The Company has provided taxes and related interest and penalties due for potential adjustments that may result from examinations of open U.S. Federal, state and foreign tax years. If the Company ultimately determines that payment of these amounts are not more-likely-than-not, theThe Company will reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in which the Company makes the determination.determination that the tax position is effectively settled through examination, negotiation, or litigation, or the statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the tax position has expired. The Company will record an additional charge in the Company’s provision for taxes in the period in which the Company determines that the recorded tax liability is less than the Company expects the ultimate assessment to be.


Computation of Net IncomeLoss per Share


Basic net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares and dilutive potential shares outstanding during the period. Dilutive potential shares primarily consist of employee stock options.

57

outstanding common stock equivalents would be anti-dilutive.

U.S. GAAP requires that employee equity share options, non-vested shares and similar equity instruments granted by the Company be treated as potential common shares outstanding in computing diluted earnings per share. DilutedIn periods of net income, diluted shares outstanding include the dilutive effect of in-the-money options, which is calculated based on the average share price for each fiscal period using the treasury stock method. Under the treasury stock method, the amount the employee must pay for exercising stock options, the amount of compensation cost for future service that the Company has not yet recognized, and the amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in additional-paid-in-capital (“APIC”) when the award becomes deductible are all assumed to be used to repurchase shares.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss includes all changes in stockholders’ equity except those resulting from investments or contributions by stockholders. For the periods presented, the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted solely of the unrealized gains or losses on the Company’sCompany's available-for-sale investments, net of tax.

Foreign Currency

The U.S. dollarDollar is the functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries. Monetary and non-monetary assets and liabilities are remeasuredre-measured into U.S. dollarsDollars at the applicable period end exchange rate. Sales and operating expenses are remeasuredre-measured at average exchange rates in effect during each period, except for those expenses related to non-monetary assets which are remeasured at historical exchange rates.period. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in net income (loss) and are insignificant for each of the three years ended December 31, 2012.2015. The effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents was insignificant for each of the three years presented in the period ended December 31, 2012.


2015.

Segments


The Company operates in one segment. Management uses one measurement of profitability and does not segregate its business for internal reporting. As of December 31, 20122015 and 2011, 85%2014, 68% and 77% 71%, respectively, of all long-lived assets were maintained in the United States.U.S. See Note 10 for details relating to revenue by geography.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, requiring an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled to for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. The updated standard will replace most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it becomes effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. Early adoption is not permitted. The updated standard becomes effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018. The Company has not yet selected a transition method and is currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05, Customer’s Accounting of Fees Paid in Cloud Computing Arrangement,guidance on accounting for fees paid in cloud computing arrangements. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the arrangement as a services contract. All software licenses recognized under this guidance will be accounted for consistent with other licenses of intangible assets. The guidance becomes effective for the Company for the first quarter of fiscal 2016. The guidance is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. Currently, an entity is required to measure its inventory at the lower of cost or market, whereby market can be replacement cost, net realizable value, or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. The changes require that inventory be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value, thereby eliminating the use of the other two market methodologies. Net realizable value is defined as the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. These changes do not apply to inventories measured using LIFO (last-in, first-out) or the retail inventory method. These changes become effective on January 1, 2017. Management is currently evaluating the effect that the updated standard will have on the Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02,Leases. This guidance requires that lease arrangements longer than twelve months result in a lessee recognizing a lease asset and liability. Leases will be classified as either finance or operating, with classification affecting the pattern of expense recognition in the income statement. The updated guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the updated guidance on the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.

Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, requiring all deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any related valuation allowance, to be classified as non-current on the balance sheet. The classification change for all deferred taxes as non-current simplifies entities’ processes as it eliminates the need to separately identify the net current and net non-current deferred tax asset or liability in each jurisdiction and allocate valuation allowances. The Company elected to prospectively adopt this accounting standard in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015. No prior periods were retrospectively adjusted and the adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures.

NOTE 2—INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The following tables summarize cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities and long term investments (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

        

Cash

 $9,830  $7,761 

Cash equivalents:

        

Money market funds

  1,000   242 

Commercial paper

  38   1,800 

Total cash and cash equivalents

  10,868   9,803 
         

Marketable securities:

        

U.S. government notes

  7,779   18,361 

U.S. government agencies

  12,608   19,800 

Municipal securities

  4,346   3,607 

Commercial paper

  4,040   10,695 

Corporate debt securities

  8,766   18,880 

Total marketable securities

  37,539   71,343 
         

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 $48,407  $81,146 

  December 31, 
  2012  2011 
Cash and cash equivalents:      
Cash $2,198  $2,153 
Cash equivalents:        
Money market funds  17,348   7,318 
Commercial paper  4,000   4,549 
Total cash and cash equivalents  23,546   14,020 
         
Marketable securities:        
U.S. government notes  4,009   3,665 
U.S. government agencies  24,958   41,565 
Municipal securities  4,206   6,134 
Commercial paper  10,519   4,747 
Corporate debt securities  18,334   18,555 
Total marketable securities  62,026   74,666 
         
Long-term investments in ARS     3,027 
Total cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and long term investments $85,572  $91,713 

The following table summarizes unrealized gains and losses related to ourthe Company’s marketable investments and long term investments, both designated as available-for-sale (in thousands):

December 31, 2015

 

Amortized

Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

  

Fair

Market

Value

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $10,868  $  $  $10,868 
                 

Marketable investments

             

U.S. government notes

  7,780   1   (2

)

  7,779 

U.S. government agencies

  12,630   3   (25

)

  12,608 

Municipal securities

  4,344   2      4,346 

Commercial paper

  4,041   1   (2

)

  4,040 

Corporate debt securities

  8,783      (17

)

  8,766 

Total marketable securities

  37,578   7   (46

)

  37,539 
                 

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 $48,446  $7  $(46

)

 $48,407 

 
60
December 31, 2012 Amortized Cost  Gross Unrealized Gains  Gross Unrealized Gains  Fair Market Value 
Cash and cash equivalents $23,546  $  $  $23,546 
                 
Marketable investments                
U.S. government notes  4,005   4      4,009 
U.S. government agencies  24,910   48      24,958 
Municipal securities  4,184   23   (1)  4,206 
Commercial paper  10,515   4      10,519 
Corporate debt securities  18,281   59   (6)  18,334 
Total marketable securities  61,895   138   (7)  62,026 
                 
Long-term investments in ARS            
Total cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and long-term investments $85,441  $138  $(7) $85,572 

December 31, 2014

 

Amortized

Cost

  

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

  

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

  

Fair

Market

Value

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $9,803  $  $  $9,803 
                 

Marketable investments

                

U.S. government notes

  18,345   17   (1

)

  18,361 

U.S. government agencies

  19,768   33   (1

)

  19,800 

Municipal securities

  3,607   3   (3

)

  3,607 

Commercial paper

  10,693   2      10,695 

Corporate debt securities

  18,875   13   (8

)

  18,880 

Total marketable securities

  71,288   68   (13

)

  71,343 
                 

Total cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities

 $81,091  $68  $(13

)

 $81,146 
Decmber 31, 2011 Amortized Cost  Gross Unrealized Gains  Gross Unrealized Gains  Fair Market Value 
Cash and cash equivalents $14,020  $  $  $14,020 
                 
Marketable investments                
U.S. government notes  3,655   10      3,665 
U.S. government agencies  41,535   44   (14)  41,565 
Municipal securities  6,091   44   (1)  6,134 
Commercial paper  4,747   1   (1)  4,747 
Corporate debt securities  18,574   15   (34)  18,555 
Total marketable securities  74,602   114   (50)  74,666 
                 
Long-term investments in ARS  3,900      (873)  3,027 
Total cash, cash equivalents, marketable securities and long-term investments $92,522  $114  $(923) $91,713 

The realized gains and losses associated with short-term

No investments were as follows (in thousands):


  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
Realized gains on investments $19  $5  $78 
Realized losses on investments        (4)

The following table summarizes the fair value and the gross unrealized losses for investments that were in ana continuous unrealized loss position aggregated by categoryfor longer than 12 months as of December 31, 2015 and by the length in time that the individual securities have been in a continuous loss position (in thousands):

  Less Than 12 Months  12 Months or Greater  Total 
                   
December 31, 2012 Fair Market Value  Gross Unrealized Losses  Fair Market Value  Gross Unrealized Losses  Fair Market Value  Gross Unrealized Losses 
U.S. government agencies $  $  $  $  $  $ 
Municipal securities  299   (1)        299   (1)
Commercial paper                  
Corporate debt securities  4,844   (6)        4,844   (6)
Long-term investments in ARS                  
Total $5,143  $(7) $  $  $5,143  $(7)
  Less Than 12 Months  12 Months or Greater  Total 
                   
December 31, 2012 Fair Market Value  Gross Unrealized Losses  Fair Market Value  Gross Unrealized Losses  Fair Market Value  Gross Unrealized Losses 
U.S. government agencies $12,758  $(14) $  $  $12,758  $(14)
Municipal securities  929   (1)        929   (1)
Commercial paper  999   (1)        999   (1)
Corporate debt securities        7,799   (34)  7,799   (34)
Long-term investments in ARS        3,027   (873)  3,027   (873)
Total $14,686  $(16) $10,826  $(907) $25,512  $(923)


The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of ourthe Company’s marketable investments and long term investments classified by the contractual maturity date of the security as of December 31, 2012 (in2015(in thousands):

  

Amount

 

Due in less than one year (fiscal year 2016)

 $25,558 

Due in 1 to 3 years (fiscal year 2017-2018)

  11,981 
Total marketable securities  $37,539 
  Amount 
Due in less than one year (fiscal year 2013) $28,651 
Due in 1 to 3 years (fiscal year 2014- 2015)  33,375 
Due in 3 to 5 years (fiscal year 2016-2017)   
Due in 5 to 10 years (fiscal year 2018-2023)   
Due in greater than 10 years (fiscal year 2024 and beyond)   
  $62,026 

Fair Value Measurements

The following table summarizes financial assets measured and recognized at fair value on a recurring basis and classified under the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as described above (in thousands):

December 31, 2015

 

Level 1

  

Level 2

  

Level 3

  

Total

 

Cash equivalents:

                

Money market funds

 $1,000  $  $  $1,000 

Commercial paper

     38      38 

Short term marketable investments:

                

Available-for-sale securities

     37,539      37,539 

Total assets at fair value

 $1,000  $37,577  $  $38,577 


December 31, 2014

 

Level 1

  

Level 2

  

Level 3

  

Total

 

Cash equivalents:

                

Money market funds

 $242  $  $  $242 

Commercial paper

     1,800      1,800 

Short term marketable investments:

                

Available-for-sale securities

     71,343      71,343 

Total assets at fair value

 $242  $73,143  $  $73,385 
December 31, 2012 Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
Cash equivalents:                
Money market funds $17,438  $  $  $17,348 
Commercial paper     4,000      4,000 
Short term marketable investments:                
Available-for-sale securities     62,026      62,026 
Long-term investments:                
Available-for-sale ARS            
Total assets at fair value $17,438  $66,026  $  $83,374 

December 31, 2011 Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 
Cash equivalents:                
Money market funds $7,318  $  $  $7,318 
Commercial paper     4,549      4,549 
Short term marketable investments:                
Available-for-sale securities     74,666      74,666 
Long-term investments:                
Available-for-sale ARS        3,027   3,027 
Total assets at fair value $7,318  $79,215  $3,027  $89,560 

The Company’s Level 1 financial assets are money market funds with stated maturities of three months or less from the date of purchase, whose fair values that are based on quoted market prices The Company’s Level 2 investments include U.S. government-backed securities and corporate securities that are valued based upon observable inputs that may include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data including market research publications. The average remaining maturity of the Company’s Level 2 investments as of December 31, 20122015 is less than 36 months and all of these investments are rated by S&P and Moody’s at A or better.

At December 31, 2014, the Company evaluated the fair values of its intangible assets, which are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. With respect to the purchased intangible assets associated with the Iridex acquisition in 2012, the Company had nodetermined that there was impairment in the value of these intangible assets based on an undiscounted cash flow model. The recorded impairment charge of the purchased intangibles was estimated using a discounted cash flow model. This model relied on Level 3 financial assets.inputs that included expected future cash flow streams as well as a market discount rate that are subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict.

The table presented below summarizes the change in carrying value associated with Level 3 financial assets, which represents the Company’s investment in long term ARS, for the year ended December 31, 2012 (in thousands):
  Amount 
Balance at December 31, 2010 $6,784 
Total gains or losses (realized or unrealized)    
Included in other comprehensive income (loss)  668 
Settlements  (4,425)
Balance at December 31, 2011  3,027 
Total gains or losses (realized or unrealized)    
Included in other comprehensive income (loss)  262 
Settlements  (3,289)
Balance at December 31, 2012 $ 

NOTE 3—ACQUISITION

On February 2, 2012, Cutera acquired certain assets and liabilities of Iridex’s global aesthetics business unit for $5.1 million in cash. This business is engaged in developing, manufacturing, marketing and servicing laser-based medical systems and delivery devices. The business purpose of this transaction was to acquire access to an expanded installed base of customers, add to Cutera’s product offerings and acquire a recurring stream of service revenue. This acquisition was considered a business combination for accounting purposes, and as such, in addition to valuing all the assets, the Company recorded goodwill associated with the expected synergies from leveraging the customer relationships and integrating new product offerings into the Company’s business.

The fair values of the assets acquired were determined to be $4.8 million of net tangible and intangible assets and $1.3 million of goodwill. The customer relationship intangible assets arewere being amortized over 5 years on a straight-line basis. Other intangible assets arewere being amortized over 11 months to 5 years from the date of acquisition on a straight-line basis.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company evaluated the recoverability of the purchased intangible assets, due to the discontinuation of the manufacture and sale of all products acquired, lower than projected future service revenue, and lower than projected revenue expected from the distributor relationships acquired. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $650,000 in cost of revenue. The unamortized purchased intangibles are being amortized on a declining-balance basis over the remaining useful economic life of 5 years from the date of acquisition.

The following table summarizes the fair value as of February 2, 2012 of the net assets acquired(in thousands):

Purchase price paid

 $5,091 
     

Assets (liabilities acquired):

    

Inventory

  1,552 

Customer relationship intangible assets

  2,510 

Other identified intangible assets

  780 

Goodwill

  1,339 

Deferred service revenue

  (780

)

Accrued warranty liability

  (310

)

Total

 $5,091 

The identifiable intangible assets and goodwill identified above shall be deductible for income taxes over a useful economic life of 15 years.

The Company acquired the Iridex aesthetics business unit on February 2, 2012.  Disclosure of the amounts of revenue and earnings of the assets and liabilities of the acquired Iridex aesthetics business, separately from the Company’s, is not practicable because the acquired business was immediately integrated into the Company's operations. Based on Iridex’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 2011, the revenue of the aesthetics business unit was reported to be $10.8 million and $11.4 million and the earnings were $469,000 and $1.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and January 1, 2011, respectively.

NOTE 4—4BALANCE SHEET DETAIL

Inventories

Inventories consist of the following (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

 

Raw materials

 $7,982  $7,185 

Finished goods

  4,096   3,803 

Total

 $12,078  $10,988 

 
  December 31, 
  2012  2011 
Raw materials $7,221  $6,587 
Finished goods  3,893   4,142 
Total $11,114  $10,729 
62

Table Of Contents
 

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

 

Leasehold improvements

 $822  $641 

Office equipment and furniture

  2,970   2,964 

Machinery and equipment

  4,662   4,140 
   8,454   7,745 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

  (6,981

)

  (6,284

)

Property and equipment, net

 $1,473  $1,461 
  December 31, 
  2012  2011 
Leasehold improvements $620  $590 
Office equipment and furniture  2,888   2,761 
Machinery and equipment  3,252   2,893 
   6,760   6,244 
Less: Accumulated depreciation  (5,827)  (5,391)
Property and equipment, net $933  $853 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, the gross capitalized value of the leased vehicles was $862,000 and $647,000 and the related accumulated depreciation was $374,000 and $253,000, respectively.

Goodwill and OtherIntangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets comprise a patent sublicense acquired from Palomar in 2006; a technology sublicense acquired in 2002; and,2006, intangible assets and goodwill related to the acquisition of Iridex’s aesthetic business unit.unit, and, customer relationships in the Benelux countries acquired from a former distributor in 2013. The components of intangible assets at December 31, 20122015 and 20112014 were as follows (in thousands):

  

Gross

Carrying

Amount

  

Accumulated

Amortization &

Impairment

Amount

  

Net

Amount

 

December 31, 2015

 

Patent sublicense

 $1,218  $1,218  $ 

Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition

  2,510   2,367   143 

Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition

  780   780    

Other intangible

  155   155    

Goodwill

  1,339      1,339 

Total

 $6,002  $4,520  $1,482 

December 31, 2014

 

Patent sublicense

 $1,218  $1,206  $12 

Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition

  2,510   1,998   512 

Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition

  780   780    

Other intangible

  155   84   71 

Goodwill

  1,339      1,339 

Total

 $6,002  $4,068  $1,934 
  
Gross
 Carrying
 Amount
  
Accumulated
 Amortization
 Amount
 
Net
 Amount
 
December 31, 2012         
Patent sublicense $1,218  $931 $287 
Technology sublicense  538   538   
Customer relationship intangible related to acquisition  2,510   460  2,050 
Other identified intangible assets related to acquisition $780  $551 $229 
Goodwill  1,339     1,339 
Total $6,385  $2,480 $3,905 
December 31, 2011           
Patent sublicense $1,218  $793 $425 
Technology sublicense  538   517  21 
Total $1,756  $1,310 $446 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company evaluated the recoverability of its long-lived assets. Relating to the purchased intangible assets associated with the Iridex acquisition in 2012, due to the discontinuation of the manufacture and sale of all products acquired, lower than projected future service revenue, and lower than projected revenue expected from the distributor relationships acquired, the Company concluded based on future undiscounted cash flows that the remaining carrying value of these assets was impaired. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $650,000 in cost of revenue.

Amortization expense (excluding the impairment charge described above) in the 2015, 2014, and 2013 fiscal years for intangible assets was $1.2 million in 2012, $191,000 in 2011,$452,000, $773,000, and $192,000 in 2010.

$702,000, respectively.

Based on intangible assets recorded at December 31, 2012,2015, and assuming no subsequent additions to, or impairment of the underlying assets, the remaining estimated annual amortization expense is expected towill be as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

2016

 $142 

2017

  1 

Total

 $143 
Year ending December 31, Amount 
2013 $696 
2014  696 
2015  569 
2016  558 
2017  47 
Total $2,566 

Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

 

Accrued payroll and related expenses

 $7,726  $5,533 

Accrued sales tax

  1,935   1,789 

Warranty liability

  1,819   1,167 

Other accrued liabilities

  2,354   2,518 

Total

 $13,834  $11,007 

 
  December 31, 
  2012 2011 
Payroll and related expenses $4,721 $4,172 
Warranty  1,212  1,121 
Sales tax  1,085  839 
Inventory  404  149 
Professional fees  389  483 
Royalty  359  434 
Income tax  343  276 
Customer deposits  249  1,054 
Sales and marketing accruals  131  191 
Other  600  543 
Total $9,493 $9,262 
63
NOTE 5—5WARRANTY AND SERVICE CONTRACTS

The Company has a direct field service organization in the United States.U.S. Internationally, the Company provides direct service support through its wholly-owned subsidiaries in Australia, Belgium, Canada, France Hong Kong, Spain, Japan and JapanSwitzerland, as well as through a network of distributors and third-party service providers in several other countries where it does not have a direct presence. The Company provides a warranty with its products, depending on the type of product. After the original warranty period, maintenance and support are offered on a service contract basis or on a time and materials basis. The Company currently provides for the estimated cost to repair or replace products under warranty at the time of sale.

Warranty Accrual (in thousands)

  

December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

 

Balance at beginning of year

 $1,167  $1,202 

Add: Accruals for warranties issued during the year

  4,134   2,497 

Less: Settlements made during the year

  (3,482

)

  (2,532

)

Balance at end of year

 $1,819  $1,167 
  December 31, 
  2012  2011 
Balance at beginning of year $1,121  $796 
Add: Accruals for warranties issued during the year  3,525   4,043 
Less: Settlements made during the year  (3,434)  (3,718)
Balance at end of year $1,212  $1,121 

Deferred Service Contract Revenue (in thousands)

  

December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

 

Balance at beginning of year

 $12,949  $11,637 

Add: Payments received

  10,378   13,913 

Less: Revenue recognized

  (12,858

)

  (12,601

)

Balance at end of year

 $10,469  $12,949 
  December 31, 
  2012  2011 
Balance at beginning of year $5,838  $6,765 
Add: Payments received  14,112   8,332 
Less: Revenue recognized  (11,411)  (9,259)
Balance at end of year $8,539  $5,838 

Costs incurred under service contracts in 2015, 2014 and 2013 amounted to $7.2$6.2 million, in 2012, $4.6$6.6 million, in 2011, and $4.3$6.9 million, in 2010,respectively, and are recognized as incurred.

NOTE 6—6STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, STOCK PLANS AND STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION EXPENSE

As of December 31, 2012,2015, the Company had the following stock-based employee compensation plans:

2004 Equity Incentive Plan and 1998 Stock Plan

In 1998, the Company adopted the 1998 Stock Plan, or 1998 Plan, under which 4,650,000 shares of the Company’s common stock were reserved for issuance to employees, directors and consultants.

On January 12, 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. A total of 1,750,000 shares of common stock were originally reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, the shares reserved for issuance under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan included shares reserved but un-issued under the 1998 Plan and shares returned to the 1998 Plan as the result of termination of options or the repurchase of shares.

In 2012 the stockholders approved a “fungible share” provision whereby each full-value award issued under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan results in a requirement to subtract 2.12 shares from the shares reserved under the Plan.

Options granted under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan may be incentive stock options or non-statutory stock options. Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan. Incentive stock options may only be granted to employees. The Board of Directors determines the period over which options become exercisable. Options granted under the Plan to employees generally vest over a four year term from the vesting commencement date and become exercisable 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and an additional 1/4848thth on the last day of each calendar month until all of the shares have become exercisable. During 2012, 20112013 and 20102012 the officers of the Company were granted options that vest over a three year term at the rate of 1/3rdon the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and 1/36th thereafter. In 2014 the officers of the Company were granted RSUs and PSUs but were not granted any options. The contractual term of the options granted in 2012, 20112013 and 20102012 was seven years.

In accordance with the 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, prior to 2012, the Company’s non-employee directors were granted $60,000 of grant date fair value, fully vested, stock awards annually on the date of the Company’s Annual Meeting of stockholders. Commencing with 2012, the Company’s non-employee directors get $60,000 of restricted stock units (RSUs)RSUs annually that cliff-vest on the one year anniversary of the grant date. In the yearyears ended December 31, 20122015, 2014 and 2011,2013, the Company issued 52,93821,020, 38,688 and 37,925 shares of stock40,674 RSUs to its non-employee directors, respectively.


In addition, in the yearyears ended December 31, 20122015, 2014 and 2011,2013 the Company’s Board of Directors granted 95,250107,417, 211,250 and 39,300,148,004 respectively, of RSUs to its executive officers and certain members of the Company’s management. TheseThe RSUs granted to the employees vest at the rate of one-fourth on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, and one-fourth in each of the subsequent three years. The RSUs granted to the executive officers vest at the rate of one-third on June 1of the yearone-year anniversary of the grant date, and one-third in each of the subsequent two years. The Company measured the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant and recognizes the stock-based compensation expense using the straight-line method over the vesting period.

In the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 the Company’s Board of Directors granted its executive officers and certain senior management employees 74,667, 105,000 and 33,751 of PSUs. The PSUs vest over a period of 8.5 months, 12 months and 12 months, respectively, subject to the recipient’s continued service and achievement of the pre-established operational goals related to revenue and operating income improvement. For the 2015 PSU awards, in addition to operational goals, there was a market-based goal as well. At the vest date, the Company issues fully-paid up common stock, based on the degree of achievement of the pre-established targets.

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On January 12, 2004, the Board of Directors adopted the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Under the 2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or 2004 ESPP, eligible employees are permitted to purchase common stock at a discount through payroll deductions. The 2004 ESPP offering and purchase periods are for approximately six months. The 2004 ESPP has an evergreen provision based on which shares of common stock eligible for purchase are increased on the first day of each fiscal year by an amount equal to the lesser of:


i. 

i.

600,000 shares;

ii. 

ii.

2.0% of the outstanding shares of common stock on such date; or

iii. 

iii.

an amount as determined by the Board of Directors.


The Company’s Board of Directors voteddid not to increase the shares available for future grant on January 1, 20122015, 2014 and 2011.2013. The price of the common stock purchased is the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the common stock at the beginning or end of a six month offering period. UnderIn the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, under the 2004 ESPP, the Company issued 46,98255,872, 52,579 and 51,338 shares, in 2012 and 45,161 shares in 2011.respectively. At December 31, 2012, 1,009,9542015, 849,985 shares remained available for future issuance.


Option Activity

Activity under the 1998 Plan and 2004 Equity Incentive Plan is summarized as follows:

      

Options Outstanding

 
  

Shares

Available

For Grant

  

Number of

Shares

  

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price

  

Weighted-Average

RemainingContractualLife

(in years)

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value

(in $ millions)(1)

 

Balances as of December 31, 2012

  1,644,356   3,788,239  $9.44   4.3  $2.6 

Options granted

  (1,007,166

)

  1,007,166  $8.97         

Options exercised

     (612,210

)

 $8.16         

Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  391,033   (391,033

)

 $10.37         

Stock awards granted

  (399,997

)

              

Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  81,257               

Balances as of December 31, 2013

  709,483   3,792,162  $9.42   4.2  $5.1 

Additional shares reserved(2)

  200,000               

Options granted

  (486,300

)

  486,300  $9.78         

Options exercised

     (396,970

)

 $8.33         

Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  418,925   (418,925

)

 $11.15         

Stock awards granted

  (764,394

)

              

Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  52,046               

Balances as of December 31, 2014

  129,760   3,462,567  $9.39   3.4  $5.7 

Additional shares reserved(3)

  1,300,000                

Options granted

  (129,000

)

  129,000  $13,.26         

Options exercised

     (1,141,904

)

 $9.20         

Options cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  300,866   (300,866

)

 $12.37         

Stock awards granted

  (430,580

)

              

Stock awards cancelled (expired or forfeited)

  92,379               

Balances as of December 31, 2015

  1,263,425   2,148,797  $9.31   3.4  $7.9 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2015

      1,561,916  $9.05   2.8  $6.1 

Expected to vest, net of estimated forfeitures, as of December 31, 2015

      505,631  $9.92   4.91  $1.5 
     Options Outstanding 
  
Shares
Available
For Grant
  
Number of
Shares
  
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  
Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in years)
  
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in $ millions)(1)
 
Balances as of December 31, 2009  1,840,381   2,692,555  $10.87   5.1   1.6 
Options granted (2)
  (961,500)  961,500  $10.14         
Options exercised     (90,362) $3.74         
Options cancelled (expired or forfeited) (2)
  267,274   (267,274) $9.91         
Stock awards granted  (146,291)              
Restricted stock units cancelled (expired or forfeited)  5,583               
Balances as of December 31, 2010  1,005,447   3,296,419  $10.93   4.4   $1.1 
Options granted (2)
  (1,206,500)  1,206,500  $8.61         
Options exercised     (207,624) $5.92         
Options cancelled (expired or forfeited) (2)
  746,273   (746,273) $13.40         
Stock awards granted  (77,225)              
Restricted stock units cancelled (expired or forfeited)  6,542               
Balances as of December 31, 2011  474,537   3,549,022  $9.92   4.6  $0.4 
Additional shares reserved (3)
  1,910,000               
Options granted (2)
  (921,500)  921,500  $7.04         
Options exercised     (211,551) $7.00         
Options cancelled (expired or forfeited) (2)
  470,732   (470,732)  9.45         
Stock awards granted  (314,159)              
Restricted stock units cancelled (expired or forfeited)  24,746               
Balances as of December 31, 2012  1,644,356   3,788,239  $9.44   4.3  $2.6 
Exercisable as of December 31, 2012      2,224,660  $10.50   3.3  $0.8 

(1)

Based on the closing stock price of the Company’s stock of $9.00$12.79 on December 31, 2012, $7.45 2015, $10.68on December 31, 2014, $10.18on December 30, 20112013 and $8.29 $9.00 on December 31, 2010.2012.

(2)

Approved byBoard of Directors in 2014, approved by stockholders in 2015.

(3)

Approved bystockholders in 2015.

(2)Included in options granted and options cancelled are shares granted and cancelled in connection with the Company’s Option Exchange Program in 2009.
(3)Approved by stock holders in 2012.
 
64

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the aggregate difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the fiscal year and the exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on December 31, 2012.2015. The aggregate intrinsic amount changes based on the fair market value of the Company’s common stock. Total intrinsic value of options exercised in 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $397,000 in 2012, $521,000 in 2011,$5.1 million, $824,000, and $128,000 in 2010.$2.1 million, respectively. The options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, of the respective year2015 were in the following exercise price ranges:

    

Options Outstanding

  

Options Exercisable

 

Range of Exercise Prices

 

Number

Outstanding

  

Weighted-Average

Remaining

Contractual Life

(in years)

  

Number

Outstanding

  

Weighted-Average

Exercise

Price

 
 $6.88   299,090   3.51   259,407  $6.88 
$7.11$8.66  239,152   0.85   236,110   8.51 
 $8.72   345,057   2.35   345,057   8.72 
 $8.80   325,116   4.30   158,434   8.80 
$8.91$9.63  225,345   4.61   157,506   9.11 
$9.65$10.03  251,399   5.56   85,671   9.82 
 $10.24   250,034   1.34   250,034   10.24 
$10.32$14.04  175,604   5.49   39,697   11.18 
 $15.32   8,000   6.56       
 $21.84   30,000   0.47   30,000   21,.84 
$6.88$21.84  2,148,797   3.38   1,561,916  $9.05 
  Options Outstanding  Options Exercisable 
Range of Exercise Prices 
Number
 Outstanding
 
Weighted-Average
 Remaining
 Contractual Life
(in years)
  
Number
 Outstanding
 
Weighted-Average
 Exercise
 Price
 
$4.25–$ 6.54 81,180  1,51  79,283 $5.14 
$6.88–$ 6.88 765,500  6.56     
$7.11–$ 8.49 427,626  3.56  317,441  8.37 
$8.52–$ 8.52 18,000  6.05  2,708  8.52 
$8.66–$ 8.66 518,596  3.41  475,115  8.66 
$8.72–$8.72 694,758  5.38  286,635  8.72 
$8.75–$9.74 102,000  5.19  54,563  9.28 
$10.24–$10.24 557,917  4.35  386,253  10.24 
$10.43–$14.14 411,033  1.97  411,033  11.81 
$14.78–$25.73 211,629  1.85  211,629  20.47 
$4.25–$25.73 3,788,239  4.34  2,224,660 $10.50 

As of December 31, 20112014 there were 1,806,5582,330,762 options that were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $10.86.


RSU$9.62. 

Stock Awards (RSU and Stock AwardsPSU) Activity Table

Information with respect to restricted stock units’ and performance stock units’ activity is as follows (in thousands):

  

Number

of

Shares

  

Weighted-Average

Grant-

Date Fair

Value

  

Aggregate

Fair Value(1)

(in thousands)

  

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value(2)

(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

  148,709  $6.99      $1,338 

Granted

  188,678  $8.94         

Vested(3)

  (119,505

)

 $7.68  $1,091(4)    

Forfeited

  (38,417

)

 $8.11         

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

  179,465  $8.34      $1,827 

Granted

  360,563  $9.72         

Vested(3)

  (81,157

)

 $8.62  $777(5)    

Forfeited

  (24,550

)

 $8.14         

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

  434,321  $9.31      $4,639 

Granted

  203,104  $14.81         

Vested(3)

  (222,220

)

 $11.79  $3,285(6)    

Forfeited

  (43,575

)

 $9.09         

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

  371,630  $12.39      $4,753 
  
Number
 of
 Shares
  
Weighted-Average
 Grant-
 Date Fair
 Value
  
Aggregate
 Fair Value (1)
 (in thousands)
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2010  67,096  $10.24    
Granted  77,225  $8.32    
Vested (2)
  (85,526) $8.93  $691 (3)
Forfeited  (6,542) $9.99     
Outstanding at December 31, 2011  55,253  $9.55    
Granted  148,188  $6.85    
Vested (2)
  (41,522) $9.79  $279 (4)
Forfeited  (13,210) $7.39     
Outstanding at December 31, 2012  148,709  $6.99     

(1)

Represents the value of the Company’s stock on the date that the restricted stock units vest.

(2)

Based on the closing stock price of the Company’s stock of $12.79 on December 31, 2015, $10.68 on December 31, 2014, $10.18 on December 30, 2013 and $9.00 on December 31, 2012.

(3)

The number of restricted stock units vested includes shares that the Company withheld on behalf of the employees to satisfy the statutory tax withholding requirements.

(3)

(4)

On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $737,000.$917,000.

(4)

(5)

On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $407,000.$699,000.

(6)

On the grant date, the fair value for these vested awards was $2.6 million.

 
Performance Stock Units66
In the third quarter of 2012, the Company granted its executive officers 42,250 PSUs that shall vest on June 1, 2013 subject to the recipient’s continued service through that date. At the vest date, the Company shall issue fully-paid up common stock based on the actual revenue achievement as a percentage of three revenue based performance goals. If the revenue achievement is below 50% for a performance goal, then zero (0) shares of common stock shall be issued for that goal; and for achievement of greater than 50% the number of common stock shares to be issued shall be prorated but capped at 200% of the target.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based compensation expense for stock options, restricted stock units, stock awards and ESPP shares for the year ended December 31, 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013 was as follows (in thousands):

  

Year EndedDecember 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Stock options

 $1,438  $1,811  $2,201 

RSUs

  1,297   875   631 

PSUs

  1,167   455   162 

ESPP

  182   158   116 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 $4,084  $3,299  $3,110 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
Stock options $2,421  $3,047  $3,628 
RSUs  501   775   927 
PSUs  138       
ESPP  100   85   95 
Total stock-based compensation expense $3,160  $3,907  $4,650 

As of December 31, 2012,2015, the unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, was $4.0$4.2 million for stock options and stock awards, which will be recognized using the straight- line attribution method over an estimated weighted-average remaining amortization period of 2.461.78 years. For the ESPP, the unrecognized compensation cost, net of expected forfeitures, was $43,000,$82,000, which will be recognized using the straight- line attribution method over an estimated weighted-average amortization period 0.33 years.

The Company issues new shares of common stock upon the exercise of stock options, vesting of RSUs and PSUs, and the issuance of ESPP shares. The amount of cash received from the exercise of stock options and employee stock purchases,these issuances, net of taxes withheld and paid, in 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.7$10.1 million, in 2012, $1.4$3.6 million in 2011, and $518,000 in 2010, and the total$5.2 million. There was no direct tax benefit (deficit) realized, including the excess tax benefit (deficit), from stock-based award activity was $6,000 in 2012, $29,000 in 2011, and $8,000 in 2010.2015, 2014 or 2013. The Company elected to account for the indirect effects of stock-based awards—awards, primarily the research and development tax credit—credit, through the Statement of Operations.


Total stock-based compensation expense recorded by departmentrecognized during the year ended December 31, 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013 was recorded in the Statement of Operations as follows (in thousands):

  

Year EndedDecember 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Cost of revenue

 $447  $560  $638 

Sales and marketing

  1,054   641   744 

Research and development

  662   581   397 

General and administrative

  1,921   1,517   1,331 

Total stock-based compensation expense

 $4,084  $3,299  $3,110 
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
Cost of revenue $658  $659  $724 
Sales and marketing  657   788   1,189 
Research and development  514   698   629 
General and administrative  1,331   1,762   2,108 
Total stock-based compensation expense $3,160  $3,907  $4,650 

Valuation Assumptions and Fair Value of Stock Options and ESPP Grants

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of options granted under its equity incentive plans and rights to acquire stock granted under its employee stock purchase plan. The Company based the weighted average estimated values of employee stock option grants and rights granted under the employee stock purchase plan, as well as the weighted average assumptions used in calculating these values, on estimates at the date of grant, as follows:

  

Stock Options

  

Stock Purchase Plan

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 
                         

Expected term (in years)(1)

  3.24   4.18   4.30   0.50   0.50   0.50 

Risk-free interest rate(2)

  0.90

%

  1.31

%

  1.13

%

  0.17

%

  0.06

%

  0.08

%

Volatility(3)

  30

%

  41

%

  43

%

  36

%

  37

%

  44

%

Dividend yield(4)

  

%

  

%

  

%

  

%

  

%

  

%

                         

Weighted average estimated fair value at grant date

 $4.78  $3.36  $3.22  $3.51  $2.65  $2.84 

  Stock Options  Stock Purchase Plan 
  2012  2011  2010  2012  2011  2010 
Estimated fair value of grants during the year $2.47  $3.10  $3.76  $2.16  $2.06  $2.41 
Expected term (in years)(1)
  4.17   4.15   3.84   0.50   0.50   0.50 
Risk-free interest rate(2)
  0.45%  1.41%  1.73%  0.15%  0.08%  0.2%
Volatility(3)
  44%  43%  46%  43%  39%  40%
Dividend yield(4)
  %  %  %  %  %  %

(1)

The expected term represents the period during which the Company’s stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding. The estimated term is based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the awards, vesting requirements, and expectation of future employee behavior, including post-vesting terminations.

(2)

The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury debt securities with maturities close to the expected term of the option as of the date of grant.

(3)

Estimated volatility is based on historical volatility. The Company also considers implied volatility when there is sufficient volume of freely traded options with comparable terms and exercise prices in the open market.

(4)

The Company has not historically issued any dividends and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.

The Company periodically estimates forfeiture rates based on its historical experience within separate groups of employees and adjusts the stock-based payment expense accordingly.

RSU The forfeiture rates used in 2015 ranged from 0% to 16%.

Stock AwardsWithholdings

For RSU’sStock Awards granted to employees, the number of shares issued on the date the RSUsStock Awards vest is net of the statutorytax withholding requirements paid on behalf of the employees. TheIn 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company withheld 14,974 in 2012, 16,629 in 2011,68,101, 15,769, and 14,283 in 2010,24,249 shares of common stock, respectively, to satisfy its employees’ tax obligations of $101,000 in 2012, $146,000 in 2011,$1.0 million, $156,000, and $126,000 in 2010.$222,000, respectively. The Company paid this amount in cash to the appropriate taxing authorities. Although shares withheld are not issued, they are treated as common stock repurchases for accounting and disclosure purposes, as they reduce the number of shares that would have been issued upon vesting.

Stock Repurchase Program

On August 5, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors modified Cutera, Inc.’s Stock Repurchase Program, originally adopted in November 2012, to permit an additional $10 million of its issued and outstanding common shares to be repurchased. As modified, the Stock Repurchase Program permitted the Company to purchase an aggregate of $20 million of its common stock through a 10b5-1 program based on predetermined pricing and volume as well as open-market purchases that are subject to management discretion and regulatory restrictions

In the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company repurchased 1,060,447 shares of its common stock at an average price of $9.43 per share, for approximately $10.0 million. The Company did not repurchase any shares of its common stock in the year ended December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2014, there remained $10.0 million available under the modified Stock Repurchase Program to repurchase the Company’s common stock.

On February 18, 2015, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the expansion of its stock repurchase program from $10 million to $40 million. In the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company repurchased 2,818,038 shares of its common stock at an average price of $14.19 per share, for approximately $40.0 million.

NOTE 7—7INCOME TAXES

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state and local jurisdictions and foreign jurisdictions. Thejurisdictions.The Company’s loss before provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands):

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

U.S.

 $(4,588

)

 $(10,592

)

 $(4,919

)

Foreign

  360   199   118 

Loss before income taxes

 $(4,228

)

 $(10,393

)

 $(4,801

)


  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
U.S. $(6,767) $(10,458) $(11,114)
Foreign  437   640   598 
Loss before income taxes $(6,330) $(9,818) $(10,516)

 The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Current:

            

Federal

 $(7

)

 $(7

)

 $(329

)

State

  23   19   7 

Foreign

  218   110   159 
Total Current  234   122   (163

)

Deferred:

            

Federal

  33   32   33 

State

         

Foreign

  (55

)

  65   76 
Total Deferred  (22

)

  97   109 

Tax provision (benefit)

 $212  $219  $(54

)


  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
Current:            
Federal $(13) $(52) $(154)
State  (56)  69   37 
Foreign  366   208   235 
   297   225   118 
Deferred:            
Federal  (12)  (13)  (45)
State     13   45 
Foreign  (67)  18   (116)
   (79)  18   (116)
Provision for income taxes $218  $243  $2 
 
68

Table Of Contents

The Company’s deferred tax asset consists of the following (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

 

Net operating loss

 $14,231  $12,138 

Stock-based compensation

  2,462   3,884 

Other accruals and reserves

  4,679   4,735 

Credits

  4,477   3,808 

Foreign

  350   295 

Accrued warranty

  657   417 

Depreciation and amortization

  1,105   998 

Other

  5   66 

Deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

  27,966   26,341 

Valuation allowance

  (27,616

)

  (26,046

)

Deferred tax asset after valuation allowance

  350   295 

Deferred tax liability on goodwill

  (103

)

  (71

)

Net deferred tax asset

 $247  $224 
  December 31, 
  2012  
2011(1)
 
Net operating loss $9,409   $8,660 
Stock-based compensation  6,560   6,374 
Other accruals and reserves  3,259   3,374 
Credits  2,261   2,062 
Capital loss  796   312 
Foreign  436   370 
Accrued warranty  466   429 
Depreciation and amortization  180   206 
Other  (31)  (143)
Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance  23,336   21,644 
Valuation allowance  (22,906)  (21,274)
Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance $430  $370 

 (1) The Company revised the 2011 tax footnote to reduce deferred tax assets by approximately $280,000 related to future tax benefits for net operating losses that were not properly recorded in the previous period. This reduction in deferred taxes was offset by a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance, and as such had no impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements, earnings per share, statement of cash flows, or statement of equity for any period presented.

The Company’s deferred tax asset balance is reported in the following captions in the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

  

December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

 

Deferred tax asset (current portion)

 $  $26 

Deferred tax asset, net of current portion

  350   269 

Accrued liabilities (non-current deferred tax liability)

  (103

)

  (71

)

Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance

 $247  $224 

  December 31, 
  2012  2011 
Deferred tax asset (current portion) $40   $55 
Deferred tax asset, net of current portion  553   446 
Accrued liabilities (current deferred tax liability)  (163)  (131)
Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance $430  $370 

The differences between the U.S. federal statutory income tax rates to the Company’s effective tax rate are as follows:

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

  34.00

%

  34.00

%

  35.00

%

State tax rate, net of federal benefit

  1.94   1.62   1.57 

Benefit for research and development credit

  15.92   7.24   19.91 

Income tax refund

  0.18   0.08   0.19 

Foreign rate differential

  (1.47

)

  (1.04

)

  (4.53

)

Changes in unrecognized tax benefits

  (1.15

)

  (0.53

)

  2.60 

Meals and entertainment

  (3.23

)

  (1.11

)

  (2.10

)

Stock-based compensation

  (19.19

)

  (5.56

)

  (34.33

)

Valuation allowance

  (31.63

)

  (36.58

)

  (17.82

)

Other

  (0.38

)

  (0.22

)

  0.63 

Effective tax rate

  (5.01

)%

  (2.10

)%

  1.12

%

  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012   2011*  2010*
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate  35.00%  35.00%  35.00%
State tax rate, net of federal benefit  3.28   2.56   2.81 
Benefit for research and development credit  3.40   6.02   2.97 
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits  1.06   (0.02)  2.59 
Foreign income inclusion  (0.05)  (2.15)   
Income tax refund  1.07   2.34   (1.13)
Stock-based compensation  (16.95)  (9.64)  (1.54)
Tax effect of other comprehensive income  0.28   (2.01)   
Valuation allowance  (25.51)  (34.70)  (38.31)
Other  (5.03)  .12   (2.39)
Effective tax rate  (3.45)%  (2.48)%  0.00%
 *Certain items have changed for classification purposes.

The Company recognizes deferred tax assets for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable value, when it is more likely than not that it will not be able to generate sufficient future taxable income to realize the net carrying value. The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its U.S. federal and state deferred tax assets due to its history of operating losses.


In the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, there was a net increase in the valuation allowance of $1.6 million, $3.3 million, and $0.9 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012,2015, the Company had cumulative net operating loss carry-forwards for federal and state income tax reporting purposes of approximately $25.5$41.8 million and $9.2$11.2 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss carry-forwards if not utilized will begin to expire beginning in 2029 through the year 20312035 and the state net operating loss carry-forwards if not utilized will expire beginning in 2029 through the year 2035. The Company maintained a valuation allowance against these net operating loss carry-forwards as of December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had research and development tax credits for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $4.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credits if not utilized will expire beginning in 2024 through the year 2035. The state research and development credits can be carried forward indefinitely, except for $284,000, which will expire at various dates through the year 2032. 2020. The Company maintained a valuation allowance against these tax credits as of December 31, 2015.

Included in the net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards are approximately $4.0$5.2 million of excess tax benefits from employee stock option exercises, for which the Company has not recorded a deferred tax asset. When such excess tax benefits are ultimately realized, the Company will record the deferred tax asset and the credit to additional paid in capital.


As

Utilization of December 31, 2012,U.S. net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards may be limited by “ownership change” rules, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. The Company has not conducted a study to-date to assess whether a limitation would apply under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code as and when it starts utilizing its net operating losses and tax credits. The Company will continue to monitor activities in the future. In the event the Company had research and development tax credits for federal and state income tax purposes of approximately $3.2 million and $4.0 million, respectively. The federal research and development tax credits expire throughpreviously experienced an ownership change, or should experience an ownership change in the year 2031. The state research and development credits can be carried forward indefinitely, except for $284,000, which will expire at various dates throughfuture, the year 2020. The Company maintained a valuation allowance against these tax credits as of December 31, 2012.


The Tax Reform Act of 1986 and similar state provisions limit the useamount of net operating losslosses and research and development credit carry-forwardscarryovers available in certain situations where equity transactions result in a change of ownership as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 382. In the event the Company should experience an ownership change, as defined, utilization of its federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards and creditsany taxable year could be limited and may expire unutilized.

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries net of foreign income inclusion of approximately $2.9 million at December 31, 2012,2015 and 2014 were approximately $2.8 million and $2.6 million, respectively, and are considered to be indefinitely reinvested and, accordingly, no provision for federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon. DependingIf these foreign earnings were to be repatriated in the future, the related U.S. tax liability would be reduced by any foreign income taxes previously paid on the timing and naturethese earnings. Because of the distribution, ifavailability of U.S. foreign tax credits, the total undistributeddetermination of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these earnings of foreign subsidiaries were remitted while the Company is able to utilize its net operating losses, it is likely there would be no material additional tax resulting from the distribution.

not practicable.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The Company establishes reserves for uncertain tax positions based on the largest amount that is more-likely-than-not to be sustained. An uncertain income tax position will not be recognized if it has less than a 50% likelihood of being sustained. The Company has provided taxes and related interest and penalties due for potential adjustments that may result from examinations of open U.S. Federal,federal, state and foreign tax years. If the Company ultimately determines that payment of these amounts are not more-likely-than-not, the Company will reverse the liability and recognize a tax benefit during the period in which the Company makes the determination. The Company will record an additional charge in the Company’s provision for taxes in the period in which the Company determines that the recorded tax liability is less than the Company expects the ultimate assessment to be. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to gross unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for income taxes.


The Company files U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 20042005 through 20122015 tax years generally remain subject to examination by U.S., federal and California state tax authorities due to the Company’s net operating loss and credit carryforwards. For significant foreign jurisdictions, the 20072010 through 20122015 tax years generally remain subject to examination by their respective tax authorities.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits in December 31, 20102013 to December 31, 20122015 (in thousands):

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Balance at beginning of year

 $597  $535  $536 

Increases related to prior year tax positions

        36 

Increases related to current year tax positions

  54   62   116 

Decreases related to lapsing of statute of limitations

        (153

)

Balance at end of year

 $651  $597  $535 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 2012  2011  2010 
Balance at beginning of year$583  $555  $787 
Increases related to prior year tax positions        
Decreases related to prior year tax positions       (29)
Increases related to current year tax positions 29   44   24 
Decreases related to lapsing of statute of limitations (76)  (16)  (227)
Balance at end of year$536  $583  $555 

The Company’s total unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect its effective tax rate at December 31, 2015 and 2014, were approximately $325,000 and $400,000 as$33,000. As of December 31, 20122015 and 2011, respectively. The2014, the Company had accrued approximately $86,000$45,000 and $79,000$41,000 for payment of interest, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest included in the provision for income taxes was not significant in all the periods presented. The Company has not accrued any penalties related to its uncertain tax positions as it believes that it is more likely than not that there will not be any assessment of penalties. The Company expects that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will not materially change within the next 12 months.

NOTE 8—8NET LOSS PER SHARE

Diluted earnings per share is the same as basic earnings per share for the periods presented because the inclusion of outstanding common stock equivalents would be anti-dilutive. The following number of weighted shares outstanding, prior to the application of the treasury stock method, were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per common share for the years presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect (in thousands):

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Options to purchase common stock

  2,575   3,489   3,830 

Restricted stock units

  296   213   173 

Employee stock purchase plan shares

  93   86   72 

Performance stock units

  24   37   34 

Total

  2,988   3,825   4,109 


  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
Options to purchase common stock  3,746   3,667   3,187 
Restricted stock units  97   61   48 
Employee stock purchase plan shares  78   70   66 
Performance stock units  8       
Total  3,929   3,798   3,301 

NOTE 9—9DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN

In the United States,U.S., the Company has an employee savings plan (401(k) Plan)(“401(k) Plan”) that qualifies as a deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees may make voluntary contributions to the 401(k) Plan up to 100% of their annual compensation, subject to statutory annual limitations. The Company made no discretionary contributions in 2011In 2015, 2014 and 2010 under the 401(k) Plan, however in 2012,2013, the Company made discretionary contributions under the 401(k) Plan of $146,000.

$244,000, $211,000 and $184,000, respectively.

For the Company’s Japanese subsidiary, it has established ana discretionary employee retirement plan at its discretion.has been established. In addition, for some of the Company’s other foreign subsidiaries, the Company deposits funds with insurance companies, third-party trustees, or into government-managed accounts consistent with the requirements of local laws. The Company has fully funded or accrued for its obligations as of December 31, 2012,2015, and the related expense for each of the three years then ended was not significant.


NOTE 10—10SEGMENT INFORMATION AND REVENUE BY GEOGRAPYGEOGRAPY AND PRODUCTS

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in making decisions how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Company’s chief decision maker, as defined under the FASB’s ASC 280 guidance, is a combination of the Chief Executive Officer and the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. To date, the CompanyCompany’s chief decision maker has viewed its operations, managed its business, and used one measurement of profitability for the one operating segment – the sale ofwhich sells aesthetic medical equipment and services, and distribution of cosmeceutical and dermal fillerdistributes skincare products, to qualified medical practitioners. In addition, substantiallySubstantially all of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the United States.


U.S.

The following table summarizes revenue by geographic region, which is based on the shipping location of where the product is delivered,customer, and by product category (in thousands):

  

Year Ended December 31,

 
  

2015

  

2014

  

2013

 

Revenue mix by geography:

            

United States

 $48,916  $35,494  $31,487 

Japan

  11,504   13,328   14,205 

Asia, excluding Japan

  15,596   11,023   11,263 

Europe

  7,728   7,792   7,358 

Rest of the world

  11,017   10,501   10,281 

Consolidated total

 $94,761  $78,138  $74,594 

Revenue mix by product category:

            

Products

 $71,223  $53,106  $48,374 

Hand Piece Refills

  2,910   3,714   4,267 

Skincare

  2,889   3,479   4,264 

Total product revenue

  77,022   60,299   56,905 

Service

  17,739   17,839   17,689 

Consolidated total

 $94,761  $78,138  $74,594 


71

Table Of Contents
  Year Ended December 31, 
  2012  2011  2010 
Revenue mix by geography:         
United States $31,949  $23,313  $19,337 
Japan  17,826   15,019   13,625 
Asia, excluding Japan  8,902   4,984   5,131 
Europe  4,958   3,571   5,801 
Rest of the world  13,642   13,403   9,380 
Consolidated total $77,277  $60,290  $53,274 
Revenue mix by product category:            
Products $46,762  $33,703  $27,808 
Upgrades  2,843   3,505   4,824 
Service  17,220   13,411   13,231 
Titan and truSculpt hand piece refills(1)
  4,807   4,686   3,863 
Dermal filler and cosmeceuticals  5,645   4,985   3,548 
Consolidated total $77,277  $60,290  $53,274 


(1) In 2012, we introduced truSculpt hand piece refills


NOTE 11—11COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Facility Leases

As of December 31, 2012,2015, the Company was committed to minimum lease payments for facilities and other leased assets under long-term non-cancelable operating leases as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

 

Amount

 

2016

 $1,882 

2017

  1,857 

2018

  154 

2019

  16 

2020

  4 

Future minimum rental payments

 $3,913 
Year Ending December 31, Amount 
2013 $1,759 
2014  1,754 
2015  1,430 
2016  1,318 
2017  1,346 
Future minimum rental payments $7,607 

Gross rent expense recognized in the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.5 million, $1.5 million and $1.6 million, in 2012, $1.9 million in 2011 and $1.7 million in 2010.

70

respectively.

TableVehicle Leases

As of ContentsDecember 31, 2015, the Company was committed to minimum lease payments for vehicles leased under long-term non-cancelable capital leases as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,

Amount

2016

 $271 

2017

  102 

2018

  113 

2019

  19 

Future minimum lease payments

 $505 

Purchase Commitments

The Company maintains certain open inventory purchase commitments with its suppliers to ensure a smooth and continuous supply for key components. The Company’s liability in these purchase commitments is generally restricted to a forecasted time-horizon as agreed between the parties. These forecasted time-horizons can vary among different suppliers. The Company’s open inventory purchase commitments with its suppliers were not significant at December 31, 2012.

2015.

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into agreements that contain a variety of representations, warranties, and indemnification obligations. For example, the Company has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers and one othercertain key employee.employees. The Company’s exposure under its various indemnification obligations is unknown and not reasonably estimable as they involve future claims that may be made against the Company. As such, the Company has not accrued any amounts for such obligations.

Litigation and Litigation Settlements

The Company is named from time to time as a party to product liability and contractual lawsuits in the normal course of business. Thebusiness.The Company routinely assesses the likelihood of any adverse judgments or outcomes related to legal matters and claims, as well as ranges of probable losses. A determination of the amount of the reserves required, if any, for these contingencies is made after analysis of each known issue, historical experience, whether it is more likely than not that the Company shall incur a loss, and whether the loss is estimable. As of December 2012,31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had accrued $233,000$110,000 and $74,000, respectively, related to pending product liability and contractual lawsuits.

NOTE 12—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On February 8, 2016, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved the expansion of its Stock Repurchase Program by $10 million, under which the Company is authorized to repurchase shares of its common stock.

On February 11, 2016, Kendall Jenner and Kendall Jenner Inc. (“Plaintiffs”), filed a lawsuit against the Company in the U.S. District Court, Central District of California, alleging trademark infringement, false endorsement and violation of Jenner’s right of publicity. The claims arise out of alleged advertising referring to news articles describing Jenner’s blog posting regarding her use of Cutera’s Laser Genesis treatment for her acne. In their complaint, the Plaintiffs state that they are seeking “at least $10 million” in compensatory damages and reasonable costs and attorney’s fees. The Company is presently investigating the matter and intends to defend the matter vigorously. While the Company believes it has meritorious defenses to the matter, the potential outcome of this litigation, or its impact upon the Company, cannot be predicted at this time.

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Quarter ended:

 

Dec. 31,

2015

  

Sept. 30,

2015

  

June 30,

2015

  

March 31,

2015

  

Dec. 31,

2014

  

Sept. 30,

2014

  

June 30,

2014

  

March 31,

2014

 

Net revenue

 $30,042  $23,085  $22,563  $19,071  $25,499  $18,726  $17,724  $16,189 

Cost of revenue

  12,145   9,594   9,687   9,052   11,679   7,935   7,848   7,303 

Gross profit

  17,897   13,491   12,876   10,019   13,820   10,791   9,876   8,886 

Operating expenses:

                                

Sales and marketing

  9,899   8,790   9,066   8,187   9,356   7,805   7,754   7,331 

Research and development

  2,812   2,748   2,728   2,445   2,649   2,628   2,622   2,644 

General and administrative

  3,189   2,937   3,014   2,989   3,407   2,897   2,335   2,564 

Total operating expenses

  15,900   14,475   14,808   13,621   15,412   13,330   12,711   12,539 

Income (loss) from operations

  1,997   (984

)

  (1,932

)

  (3,602

)

  (1,592

)

  (2,539

)

  (2,835

)

  (3,653

)

Interest and other income, net

  105   84   96   8   8      138   80 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  2,102   (900

)

  (1,836

)

  (3,594

)

  (1,584

)

  (2,539

)

  (2,697

)

  (3,573

)

Income tax provision

  52   57   53   50   41   97   44   37 

Net income (loss)

 $2,050  $(957

)

 $(1,889

)

 $(3,644

)

 $(1,625

)

 $(2,636

)

 $(2,741

)

 $(3,610

)

Net income (loss) per share—basic

 $0.16  $(0.07

)

 $(0.13

)

 $(0.25

)

 $(0.11

)

 $(0.18

)

 $(0.19

)

 $(0.26

)

Net income (loss) per share—diluted

 $0.15  $(0.07

)

 $(0.13

)

 $(0.25

)

 $(0.11

)

 $(0.18

)

 $(0.19

)

 $(0.26

)

Weighted average number of shares used in per share calculations:

                                

Basic

  12,978   13,827   14,441   14,611   14,425   14,334   14,231   14,021 

Diluted

  13,591   13,827   14,441   14,611   14,425   14,334   14,231   14,021 

 
Quarter ended: 
Dec. 31,
 2012
 
Sept. 30,
2012
 
June 30,
 2012
 
March 31,
 2012
  
Dec. 31,
 2011
 
Sept. 30,
2011
 
June 30,
 2011
 
March 31,
2011
 
Net revenue $22,533 $19,426 $19,591 $15,727  $18,542 $15,232 $14,895 $11,621 
Cost of revenue  9,790  8,828  9,274  7,845   7,506  6,772  6,476  5,224 
Gross profit  12,743  10,598  10,317  7,882   11,036  8,460  8,419  6,397 
Operating expenses:                          
Sales and marketing  7,101  7,014  7,112  7,437   6,779  6,426  6,348  5,946 
Research and development  2,122  2,217  1,872  2,216   2,313  2,352  2,346  2,130 
General and administrative  2,452  2,475  2,854  3,495   2,878  2,310  2,588  2,328 
Total operating expense  11,675  11,706  11,838  13,148   11,970  11,088  11,282  10,404 
Income (loss) from operations  1,068  (1,108) (1,521) (5,266)  (934) (2,628) (2,863) (4,007)
Interest and other income, net  105  152  144  96   140  91  199  184 
Income (loss) before income taxes  1,173  (956) (1,377) (5,170)  (794) (2,537) (2,664) (3,823)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes  96  (64) 89  97   93  326  (208) 32 
Net income (loss) $1,077 $(892)$(1,466)$(5,267) $(887)$(2,863)$(2,456)$(3,855)
Net income (loss) per share—basic $0.08 $(0.06)$(0.10)$(0.38) $(0.06)$(0.21)$(0.18)$(0.28)
Net income (loss) per share—diluted $0.08 $(0.06)$(0.10)$(0.38) $(0.06)$(0.21)$(0.18)$(0.28)
Weighted average number of shares used in per share calculations:                          
Basic  14,173  14,127  14,095  13,960   13,930  13,862  13,765  13,667 
Diluted  14,272  14,127  14,095  13,960   13,930  13,862  13,765  13,667 
73

SCHEDULESCHEDULE II

CUTERA, INC.

VALUATIONAND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

For the YearsYears Ended December 31, 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013

  

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

  

Additions

  

Deductions

  

Balance

at End of

Year

 

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

                

Year ended December 31, 2015

 $26,046  $3,327  $1,757  $27,616 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 $22,762  $3,780  $496  $26,046 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 $21,907  $3,437  $2,582  $22,762 


  

Balance at

Beginning

of Year

  

Additions

  

Deductions

  

Balance

at End of

Year

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable

                

Year ended December 31, 2015

 $  $4  $  $4 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 $19  $4  $23  $ 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 $  $19  $  $19 

  
Balance at
 Beginning
 of Year
  Additions  Deductions  
Balance
 at End of
 Year
 
Deferred tax assets valuation allowance            
Year ended December 31, 2012 $21,274  $1,773  $141  $22,906 
Year ended December 31, 2011(1)
 $17,868  $3,869  $463  $21,274 
Year ended December 31, 2010 $13,838  $5,347  $1,317  $17,868 

  
Balance at
 Beginning
 of Year
  Additions  Deductions  
Balance
 at End of
 Year
 
Allowance for doubtful accounts receivable            
Year ended December 31, 2012 $8  $66  $74  $ 
Year ended December 31, 2011 $20  $39  $51  $8 
Year ended December 31, 2010 $586  $116  $682  $20 

 (1) The Company revised the 2011 tax footnote to reduce deferred tax assets by approximately $280,000 related to future tax benefits for net operating losses that were not properly recorded in the previous period. This reduction in deferred taxes was offset by a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance, and as such had no impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements, earnings per share, statement of cash flows, or statement of equity for any period presented.
 
73

ITEM 9.

CHANGESCHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE


None.

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLSCONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Attached as exhibits to this Annual Report are certifications of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (CEO)(“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO)(“CFO”), which are required in accordance with Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). This Controls and Procedures section includes the information concerning the controls evaluation referred to in the certifications, and it should be read in conjunction with the certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.

The Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) (Disclosure Controls) as of the end of the period covered by this Report required by Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(b) or 15d-15(b). The controls evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO. Based on this evaluation, the CEO and our CFO have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Definition of Disclosure Controls

Disclosure Controls are controls and procedures designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed in the Company’s reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed to reasonably assure that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company’s Disclosure Controls include components of its internal control over financial reporting, which consists of control processes designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of its financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. To the extent that components of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting are included within its Disclosure Controls, they are included in the scope of the Company’s annual controls evaluation.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.Commission (“COSO”). Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.2015. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20122015 has been audited by Ernst & YoungBDO USA LLP, an Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

The Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that the Company’s disclosure controls or internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 
74

TableREPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of ContentsDirectors and Stockholders of Cutera, Inc.

We have audited Cutera, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Cutera, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Cutera, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of Cutera, Inc.' as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and our report dated March 15, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Jose, California

March 15, 2016

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATIONINFORMATION

The Company has established that the 20132016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held at its principal executive offices located at 3240 Bayshore Blvd., Brisbane, CA 94005-1021 on June 19, 201315, 2016 at 10:00 a.m. and the record date for the purposes of voting in that meeting shall be April 22, 2013.

19, 2016.

PARTIII

Certain information required by Part III is omitted from this Annual Report on Form 10-K because we will file a Definitive Proxy Statement (the “Proxy Statement”) for our 20122016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.

2015.

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS,DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVEEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.

SECURITYSECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.

CERTAINCERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPALPRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Proxy Statement.

 PART IV

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, EXHIBITS,FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(1)

The financial statements required by Item 15(a) are filed as Item 8 of this annual report.Annual Report.

(2)The financial statement schedule required by Item 15(a) filed as Item 8 of this annual report.Annual Report.

(3)Exhibits.

Exhibit No.

Description

3.2(1)

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (Delaware).

3.4(1)

Bylaws of the Registrant.

4.1(4)

Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant.

10.1(1)

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers.

10.2(1)

1998 Stock Plan.

10.310.4(1)(5)

2004 Equity Incentive Plan.
10.4(5)

2004 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

10.6(1)

Brisbane Technology Park Lease dated August 5, 2003 by and between the Registrant and Gal-Brisbane, L.P. for office space located at 3240 Bayshore Boulevard, Brisbane, California.

10.10(2)

Settlement Agreement and Non-Exclusive Patent License, each between the Registrant and Palomar Medical Technologies, Inc. dated June 2, 2006.

10.11(3)

Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement.

10.13    10.14(4)†(6)

Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and PSS World Medical Shared Services, Inc., a subsidiary of PSS World Medical dated October 1, 2006.
10.14(6)
Cutera, Inc.

2004 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended by its Board of Directors on April 27, 2012.

10.18    10.19(7)(7)

 Consulting Agreement dated March 2, 2009 by and between the Company and David A. Gollnick.
10.19(8)

First Amendment to Brisbane Technology Park Lease dated August 11, 2010 by and between the Company and BMR-Bayshore Boulevard LLC, as successor-in-interest to Gal-Brisbane, L.P., the original landlord, for office space located at 3240 Bayshore Boulevard.

10.2016.1(9)(8)

 Change of Control and Severance Agreement dated January 5, 2011 by and between the Company and Len DeBenedictis, Chief Technology Officer of Cutera, Inc.
16.1(10)

Letter regarding change in certifying accountants.

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

24.1

Power of Attorney (see page 80).Attorney.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101(11)(9)

 

The following materials from Cutera Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012,2014, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (iv) Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity, (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged at Level I through IV.

(1)

Incorporated by reference from our Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-111928) which was declared effective on March 30, 2004.

(2)

Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2006.

(3)

Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 14, 2005.

(4)

Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2006.

(5)

Incorporated by reference from our 2006 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 16, 2007.

(6)

Incorporated by reference from our Definitive Proxy Statement on Form 14A filed with the SEC on April30 2012., 2012.

(7)

(7)

Incorporated by reference from our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 4, 2009.
(8)

Incorporated by reference from our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 1, 2010.

(9)

(8)

Incorporated by reference from our 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2011.
(10)

Incorporated by reference from Current Report on Form 8-K filed March, 26, 2012.April, 2, 2014.

(11)

(9)

Filed herewith.

Confidential Treatment has been requested for certain portions of this exhibit.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Brisbane, State of California, on the 15th day of March, 2013.

2016.

CUTERA, INC.

By:

/s/ KEVIN P. CONNORS

Kevin P. Connors

President and Chief Executive Officer

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL MEN AND WOMEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Kevin P. Connors, his attorney-in-fact, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

   

/s/ KEVIN P. CONNORS

 March 15, 2016

Kevin P. Connors
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
March 15, 2013
   

/s/ RONALD J. SANTILLI

Ronald J. Santilli

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

March 15, 20132016

   
/s/ DAVID B. APFELBERG

David B. Apfelberg

Director

March 15, 2013
   
/s/ GREGORY A. BARRETT

Gregory A. Barrett

Director

March 15, 20132016

   

/s/ DAVID A. GOLLNICK

 March 15, 2016

David A. GollnickDirectorMarch 15, 2013
   
/s/ MARK LORTZ
Mark Lortz
DirectorMarch 15, 2013

J. Daniel Plants

Director

   
/s/ TIM O’SHEA
Tim O’Shea
CLINT H. SEVERSON
Director

Clint H. Severson

Director

March 15, 20132016

   
/s/ TIM O’SHEA

 Tim O’Shea 

Director

March 15, 2016

/s/ JERRY P. WIDMAN

Jerry P. Widman

Director

March 15, 20132016

77